WO2023229206A1 - Electronic device comprising retaining structure - Google Patents
Electronic device comprising retaining structure Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023229206A1 WO2023229206A1 PCT/KR2023/004532 KR2023004532W WO2023229206A1 WO 2023229206 A1 WO2023229206 A1 WO 2023229206A1 KR 2023004532 W KR2023004532 W KR 2023004532W WO 2023229206 A1 WO2023229206 A1 WO 2023229206A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- lever member
- hook
- housing
- lever
- electronic device
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02J—CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
- H02J7/00—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
- H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
- H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
Definitions
- Various embodiments of the present disclosure relate to an electronic device including a fixation structure.
- Electronic devices refer to devices that perform functions according to installed programs, such as home appliances, electronic notebooks, portable multimedia players, mobile communication terminals, tablet PCs, video/audio devices, desktop/laptop computers, or vehicle navigation devices. can do. For example, these electronic devices can output stored information as sound or video.
- various functions can be installed in a single electronic device such as a mobile communication terminal. For example, in addition to communication functions, entertainment functions such as games, multimedia functions such as music/video playback, communication and security functions for mobile banking, or various functions such as schedule management or electronic wallet are integrated into one electronic device. There is.
- These electronic devices are being miniaturized so that users can conveniently carry them. As electronic and communication technologies develop, these electronic devices are becoming smaller and lighter to the point where they can be used without discomfort even when worn on the body.
- An electronic device that can be worn on the body may include at least one or more components related to sound effects.
- a wearable electronic device including a speaker and a microphone may be worn close to the user's ears, such as in-ear earphones (or earsets) or hearing aids.
- a device for sound output eg, an earset
- a receiving device such as a cradle for charging and/or storage.
- the earset may be separated from the receiving device if an unexpected shock is applied to the receiving device.
- the acoustic device may remain seated in the receiving device even after an unexpected impact.
- a first housing is formed on a first surface, a second surface opposite to the first surface, and at least a portion of the first surface, and includes an accommodating space for seating an acoustic device; a second housing connected to the first housing to be operable between a shielded state that shields at least a portion of the accommodating space and an open state that opens the accommodating space; and a fixing structure disposed adjacent to the accommodation space and for fixing the audio device, wherein at least a portion of the fixing structure is disposed between the first surface and the second surface, and is located on the first surface.
- a lever member configured to be movable between a first position and a second position along at least a portion of the lever member; and a hook member including a connection portion operatively connected to the lever member and a protrusion extending from the connection portion and insertable into a recess formed in at least a portion of the sound output device, wherein the protrusion is , an electronic device configured to be spaced apart from the concave portion when the lever member is in the first position and inserted into the concave portion when the lever member is in the second position.
- a first device comprising a first surface, a second surface opposite to the first surface, and a receiving space concavely formed in at least a portion of the first surface.
- housing a second housing connected to the first housing to be operable between a shielded state that shields at least a portion of the accommodating space and an open state that opens the accommodating space;
- a fixing structure disposed adjacent to the receiving space, wherein at least a portion of the fixing structure is disposed between the first surface and the second surface, and is located at a first position along at least a portion of the first surface.
- a lever member configured to be movable between second positions; and a hook member including a connection portion operatively connected to the lever member and a protrusion extending from the connection portion, and comprising a recess on at least a portion of an outer surface for receiving the protrusion; a second device detachably deployable in the receiving space; wherein the protrusion is spaced apart from the recess when the lever member is in the first position and is positioned within the recess when the lever member is in the second position.
- An electronic device configured to be inserted may be provided.
- a housing that provides an appearance; a concave portion formed in the housing; and a terminal disposed on the housing and configured to receive power from an external source, wherein the concave portion is coupled to a hook member disposed on a cradle for accommodating the audio device.
- Electronic devices may include a fixing structure for maintaining the position of the sound device within the cradle.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an electronic device in a network environment, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an audio module, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an implementation example of an electronic device according to various embodiments.
- Figure 4 shows a cradle in which a cradle and an audio device are accommodated according to various embodiments.
- Figure 5 is a diagram showing a cradle and fixing structure according to various embodiments.
- Figure 6 is a view showing a fixing structure according to various embodiments from different angles.
- Figure 7 is an enlarged view of a fixed configuration according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an assembly process of a lever member according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an assembly process of a hook member according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an operation process of a fixing structure according to various embodiments.
- Figure 11 is a diagram schematically showing an acoustic device according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a fixing structure and an acoustic device in a first state, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a fixing structure and an acoustic device in a second state, according to various embodiments.
- Figure 14 is a diagram showing a lever member according to various embodiments.
- Figure 15 is a diagram showing the operation of a lever member according to various embodiments.
- Figure 16 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a lever member and a lever shaft according to various embodiments.
- Figure 17 is a diagram showing a shaft and lever member according to another embodiment.
- Figure 18 is a diagram showing a hook member according to various embodiments.
- Figure 19 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a hook member and an elastic member according to various embodiments.
- Figure 20 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a hook member and a hook shaft according to various embodiments.
- Figure 21 is a diagram showing a fixing structure disposed in a cradle according to various embodiments.
- Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of the fixing structure of Figure 21.
- Figure 23 is a diagram showing a cradle and fixing structure according to another embodiment.
- FIG. 24 is an enlarged view showing the fixing structure of FIG. 23 and the operation of the second housing.
- Figure 25 is a diagram showing a fixing structure according to another embodiment.
- Figure 26 is a diagram showing a plate member and a fixing structure including the same according to various embodiments.
- Figure 27 is an enlarged view of a plate member and a lever member according to various embodiments.
- Figure 28 is a diagram showing a fixing structure according to another embodiment.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an electronic device in a network environment, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the electronic device 101 communicates with the electronic device 102 through a first network 198 (e.g., a short-range wireless communication network) or a second network 199. It is possible to communicate with the electronic device 104 or the server 108 through (e.g., a long-distance wireless communication network). According to one embodiment, the electronic device 101 may communicate with the electronic device 104 through the server 108.
- a first network 198 e.g., a short-range wireless communication network
- a second network 199 e.g., a long-distance wireless communication network.
- the electronic device 101 may communicate with the electronic device 104 through the server 108.
- the electronic device 101 includes a processor 120, a memory 130, an input module 150, an audio output module 155, a display module 160, an audio module 170, and a sensor module ( 176), interface 177, connection terminal 178, haptic module 179, camera module 180, power management module 188, battery 189, communication module 190, subscriber identification module 196 , or may include an antenna module 197.
- at least one of these components eg, the connection terminal 178) may be omitted or one or more other components may be added to the electronic device 101.
- some of these components e.g., sensor module 176, camera module 180, or antenna module 197) are integrated into one component (e.g., display module 160).
- the processor 120 executes software (e.g., program 140) to operate at least one other component (e.g., hardware or software component) of the electronic device 101 connected to the processor 120. It can be controlled and various data processing or calculations can be performed. According to one embodiment, as at least part of data processing or computation, the processor 120 stores instructions or data received from another component (e.g., sensor module 176 or communication module 190) in volatile memory 132. The commands or data stored in the volatile memory 132 can be processed, and the resulting data can be stored in the non-volatile memory 134.
- software e.g., program 140
- the processor 120 stores instructions or data received from another component (e.g., sensor module 176 or communication module 190) in volatile memory 132.
- the commands or data stored in the volatile memory 132 can be processed, and the resulting data can be stored in the non-volatile memory 134.
- the processor 120 is a main processor 121 (e.g., a central processing unit or an application processor), or an auxiliary processor 123 that can operate independently or together (e.g., a graphics processing unit, a neural network processing unit). (NPU: neural processing unit), image signal processor, sensor hub processor, or communication processor).
- a main processor 121 e.g., a central processing unit or an application processor
- auxiliary processor 123 that can operate independently or together
- NPU neural processing unit
- image signal processor e.g., image signal processor, sensor hub processor, or communication processor
- the co-processor 123 is set to use less power than the main processor 121 or to be specialized for a designated function. It can be.
- the auxiliary processor 123 may be implemented separately from the main processor 121 or as part of it.
- the auxiliary processor 123 may, for example, act on behalf of the main processor 121 while the main processor 121 is in an inactive (e.g., sleep) state, or while the main processor 121 is in an active (e.g., application execution) state. ), together with the main processor 121, at least one of the components of the electronic device 101 (e.g., the display module 160, the sensor module 176, or the communication module 190) At least some of the functions or states related to can be controlled.
- coprocessor 123 e.g., image signal processor or communication processor
- may be implemented as part of another functionally related component e.g., camera module 180 or communication module 190. there is.
- the auxiliary processor 123 may include a hardware structure specialized for processing artificial intelligence models.
- Artificial intelligence models can be created through machine learning. For example, such learning may be performed in the electronic device 101 itself, where artificial intelligence is performed, or may be performed through a separate server (e.g., server 108).
- Learning algorithms may include, for example, supervised learning, unsupervised learning, semi-supervised learning, or reinforcement learning, but It is not limited.
- An artificial intelligence model may include multiple artificial neural network layers.
- Artificial neural networks include deep neural network (DNN), convolutional neural network (CNN), recurrent neural network (RNN), restricted boltzmann machine (RBM), belief deep network (DBN), bidirectional recurrent deep neural network (BRDNN), It may be one of deep Q-networks or a combination of two or more of the above, but is not limited to the examples described above.
- artificial intelligence models may additionally or alternatively include software structures.
- the memory 130 may store various data used by at least one component (eg, the processor 120 or the sensor module 176) of the electronic device 101. Data may include, for example, input data or output data for software (e.g., program 140) and instructions related thereto.
- Memory 130 may include volatile memory 132 or non-volatile memory 134.
- the program 140 may be stored as software in the memory 130 and may include, for example, an operating system 142, middleware 144, or application 146.
- the input module 150 may receive commands or data to be used in a component of the electronic device 101 (e.g., the processor 120) from outside the electronic device 101 (e.g., a user).
- the input module 150 may include, for example, a microphone, mouse, keyboard, keys (eg, buttons), or digital pen (eg, stylus pen).
- the sound output module 155 may output sound signals to the outside of the electronic device 101.
- the sound output module 155 may include, for example, a speaker or a receiver. Speakers can be used for general purposes such as multimedia playback or recording playback.
- the receiver can be used to receive incoming calls. According to one embodiment, the receiver may be implemented separately from the speaker or as part of it.
- the display module 160 can visually provide information to the outside of the electronic device 101 (eg, a user).
- the display module 160 may include, for example, a display, a hologram device, or a projector, and a control circuit for controlling the device.
- the display module 160 may include a touch sensor configured to detect a touch, or a pressure sensor configured to measure the intensity of force generated by the touch.
- the audio module 170 can convert sound into an electrical signal or, conversely, convert an electrical signal into sound. According to one embodiment, the audio module 170 acquires sound through the input module 150, the sound output module 155, or an external electronic device (e.g., directly or wirelessly connected to the electronic device 101). Sound may be output through an electronic device 102 (e.g., speaker or headphone).
- an electronic device 102 e.g., speaker or headphone
- the sensor module 176 detects the operating state (e.g., power or temperature) of the electronic device 101 or the external environmental state (e.g., user state) and generates an electrical signal or data value corresponding to the detected state. can do.
- the sensor module 176 includes, for example, a gesture sensor, a gyro sensor, an air pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a grip sensor, a proximity sensor, a color sensor, an IR (infrared) sensor, a biometric sensor, It may include a temperature sensor, humidity sensor, or light sensor.
- the interface 177 may support one or more designated protocols that can be used to connect the electronic device 101 directly or wirelessly with an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 102).
- the interface 177 may include, for example, a high definition multimedia interface (HDMI), a universal serial bus (USB) interface, an SD card interface, or an audio interface.
- HDMI high definition multimedia interface
- USB universal serial bus
- SD card interface Secure Digital Card interface
- audio interface audio interface
- connection terminal 178 may include a connector through which the electronic device 101 can be physically connected to an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 102).
- the connection terminal 178 may include, for example, an HDMI connector, a USB connector, an SD card connector, or an audio connector (eg, a headphone connector).
- the haptic module 179 can convert electrical signals into mechanical stimulation (e.g., vibration or movement) or electrical stimulation that the user can perceive through tactile or kinesthetic senses.
- the haptic module 179 may include, for example, a motor, a piezoelectric element, or an electrical stimulation device.
- the camera module 180 can capture still images and moving images.
- the camera module 180 may include one or more lenses, image sensors, image signal processors, or flashes.
- the power management module 188 can manage power supplied to the electronic device 101.
- the power management module 188 may be implemented as at least a part of, for example, a power management integrated circuit (PMIC).
- PMIC power management integrated circuit
- the battery 189 may supply power to at least one component of the electronic device 101.
- the battery 189 may include, for example, a non-rechargeable primary battery, a rechargeable secondary battery, or a fuel cell.
- the communication module 190 provides a direct (e.g., wired) communication channel or a wireless communication channel between the electronic device 101 and an external electronic device (e.g., the electronic device 102, the electronic device 104, or the server 108). It can support establishment and communication through established communication channels.
- Communication module 190 operates independently of processor 120 (e.g., an application processor) and may include one or more communication processors that support direct (e.g., wired) communication or wireless communication.
- the communication module 190 may be a wireless communication module 192 (e.g., a cellular communication module, a short-range wireless communication module, or a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) communication module) or a wired communication module 194 (e.g., : LAN (local area network) communication module, or power line communication module) may be included.
- a wireless communication module 192 e.g., a cellular communication module, a short-range wireless communication module, or a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) communication module
- GNSS global navigation satellite system
- wired communication module 194 e.g., : LAN (local area network) communication module, or power line communication module
- the corresponding communication module is a first network 198 (e.g., a short-range communication network such as Bluetooth, wireless fidelity (WiFi) direct, or infrared data association (IrDA)) or a second network 199 (e.g., legacy It can communicate with external electronic devices through telecommunication networks such as cellular networks, 5G networks, next-generation communication networks, the Internet, or computer networks (e.g., LAN or WAN).
- telecommunication networks such as cellular networks, 5G networks, next-generation communication networks, the Internet, or computer networks (e.g., LAN or WAN).
- telecommunication networks such as cellular networks, 5G networks, next-generation communication networks, the Internet, or computer networks (e.g., LAN or WAN).
- telecommunication networks such as cellular networks, 5G networks, next-generation communication networks, the Internet, or computer networks (e.g., LAN or WAN).
- LAN or WAN wide area network
- the wireless communication module 192 uses subscriber information (e.g., International Mobile Subscriber Identifier (IMSI)) stored in the subscriber identification module 196 to communicate within a communication network such as the first network 198 or the second network 199.
- subscriber information e.g., International Mobile Subscriber Identifier (IMSI)
- IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identifier
- the wireless communication module 192 may support 5G networks after 4G networks and next-generation communication technologies, for example, NR access technology (new radio access technology).
- NR access technology provides high-speed transmission of high-capacity data (eMBB (enhanced mobile broadband)), minimization of terminal power and access to multiple terminals (mMTC (massive machine type communications)), or high reliability and low latency (URLLC (ultra-reliable and low latency). -latency communications)) can be supported.
- the wireless communication module 192 may support high frequency bands (eg, mmWave bands), for example, to achieve high data rates.
- the wireless communication module 192 uses various technologies to secure performance in high frequency bands, for example, beamforming, massive array multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO), and full-dimensional multiplexing. It can support technologies such as input/output (FD-MIMO: full dimensional MIMO), array antenna, analog beam-forming, or large scale antenna.
- the wireless communication module 192 may support various requirements specified in the electronic device 101, an external electronic device (e.g., electronic device 104), or a network system (e.g., second network 199).
- the wireless communication module 192 supports Peak data rate (e.g., 20 Gbps or more) for realizing eMBB, loss coverage (e.g., 164 dB or less) for realizing mmTC, or U-plane latency (e.g., 164 dB or less) for realizing URLLC.
- Peak data rate e.g., 20 Gbps or more
- loss coverage e.g., 164 dB or less
- U-plane latency e.g., 164 dB or less
- the antenna module 197 may transmit or receive signals or power to or from the outside (eg, an external electronic device).
- the antenna module may include an antenna including a radiator made of a conductor or a conductive pattern formed on a substrate (eg, PCB).
- the antenna module 197 may include a plurality of antennas (eg, an array antenna). In this case, at least one antenna suitable for the communication method used in the communication network, such as the first network 198 or the second network 199, is connected to the plurality of antennas by, for example, the communication module 190. can be selected. Signals or power may be transmitted or received between the communication module 190 and an external electronic device through the at least one selected antenna.
- other components eg, radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC) may be additionally formed as part of the antenna module 197.
- RFIC radio frequency integrated circuit
- a mmWave antenna module includes: a printed circuit board, an RFIC disposed on or adjacent to a first side (e.g., bottom side) of the printed circuit board and capable of supporting a designated high frequency band (e.g., mmWave band); And a plurality of antennas (e.g., array antennas) disposed on or adjacent to the second side (e.g., top or side) of the printed circuit board and capable of transmitting or receiving signals in the designated high frequency band. can do.
- a first side e.g., bottom side
- a designated high frequency band e.g., mmWave band
- a plurality of antennas e.g., array antennas
- peripheral devices e.g., bus, general purpose input and output (GPIO), serial peripheral interface (SPI), or mobile industry processor interface (MIPI)
- signal e.g. commands or data
- commands or data may be transmitted or received between the electronic device 101 and the external electronic device 104 through the server 108 connected to the second network 199.
- Each of the external electronic devices 102 or 104 may be of the same or different type as the electronic device 101.
- all or part of the operations performed in the electronic device 101 may be executed in one or more of the external electronic devices 102, 104, or 108.
- the electronic device 101 may perform the function or service instead of executing the function or service on its own.
- one or more external electronic devices may be requested to perform at least part of the function or service.
- One or more external electronic devices that have received the request may execute at least part of the requested function or service, or an additional function or service related to the request, and transmit the result of the execution to the electronic device 101.
- the electronic device 101 may process the result as is or additionally and provide it as at least part of a response to the request.
- cloud computing distributed computing, mobile edge computing (MEC), or client-server computing technology can be used.
- the electronic device 101 may provide an ultra-low latency service using, for example, distributed computing or mobile edge computing.
- the external electronic device 104 may include an Internet of Things (IoT) device.
- Server 108 may be an intelligent server using machine learning and/or neural networks.
- the external electronic device 104 or server 108 may be included in the second network 199.
- the electronic device 101 may be applied to intelligent services (e.g., smart home, smart city, smart car, or healthcare) based on 5G communication technology and IoT-related technology.
- Electronic devices may be of various types.
- Electronic devices may include, for example, portable communication devices (e.g., smartphones), computer devices, portable multimedia devices, portable medical devices, cameras, wearable devices, or home appliances.
- Electronic devices according to embodiments of this document are not limited to the above-described devices.
- first, second, or first or second may be used simply to distinguish one component from another, and to refer to that component in other respects (e.g., importance or order) is not limited.
- One (e.g., first) component is said to be โcoupledโ or โconnectedโ to another (e.g., second) component, with or without the terms โfunctionallyโ or โcommunicatively.โ
- any of the components can be connected to the other components directly (e.g. wired), wirelessly, or through a third component.
- module used in various embodiments of this document may include a unit implemented in hardware, software, or firmware, and is interchangeable with terms such as logic, logic block, component, or circuit, for example. It can be used as A module may be an integrated part or a minimum unit of the parts or a part thereof that performs one or more functions. For example, according to one embodiment, the module may be implemented in the form of an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
- ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
- Various embodiments of the present document are one or more instructions stored in a storage medium (e.g., built-in memory 136 or external memory 138) that can be read by a machine (e.g., electronic device 101). It may be implemented as software (e.g., program 140) including these.
- a processor e.g., processor 120
- the one or more instructions may include code generated by a compiler or code that can be executed by an interpreter.
- a storage medium that can be read by a device may be provided in the form of a non-transitory storage medium.
- 'non-transitory' only means that the storage medium is a tangible device and does not contain signals (e.g. electromagnetic waves), and this term refers to cases where data is semi-permanently stored in the storage medium. There is no distinction between temporary storage cases.
- Computer program products are commodities and can be traded between sellers and buyers.
- the computer program product may be distributed in the form of a machine-readable storage medium (e.g. compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM)) or through an application store (e.g. Play StoreTM) or on two user devices (e.g. It can be distributed (e.g. downloaded or uploaded) directly between smart phones) or online.
- a machine-readable storage medium e.g. compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM)
- an application store e.g. Play StoreTM
- two user devices e.g. It can be distributed (e.g. downloaded or uploaded) directly between smart phones) or online.
- at least a portion of the computer program product may be at least temporarily stored or temporarily created in a machine-readable storage medium, such as the memory of a manufacturer's server, an application store's server, or a relay server.
- each component (e.g., module or program) of the above-described components may include a single or plural entity, and some of the plurality of entities may be separately placed in other components. there is.
- one or more of the components or operations described above may be omitted, or one or more other components or operations may be added.
- multiple components eg, modules or programs
- the integrated component may perform one or more functions of each component of the plurality of components in the same or similar manner as those performed by the corresponding component of the plurality of components prior to the integration. .
- operations performed by a module, program, or other component may be executed sequentially, in parallel, iteratively, or heuristically, or one or more of the operations may be executed in a different order, or omitted. Alternatively, one or more other operations may be added.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram 200 of the audio module 170, according to various embodiments.
- the audio module 170 includes, for example, an audio input interface 210, an audio input mixer 220, an analog to digital converter (ADC) 230, an audio signal processor 240, and a DAC. (digital to analog converter) 250, an audio output mixer 260, or an audio output interface 270.
- ADC analog to digital converter
- the audio input interface 210 is a part of the input module 150 or is configured separately from the electronic device 101 to obtain audio from the outside of the electronic device 101 through a microphone (e.g., dynamic microphone, condenser microphone, or piezo microphone).
- a microphone e.g., dynamic microphone, condenser microphone, or piezo microphone.
- An audio signal corresponding to sound can be received.
- the audio input interface 210 is directly connected to the external electronic device 102 through the connection terminal 178.
- the audio signal can be received by connecting wirelessly (e.g., Bluetooth communication) through the wireless communication module 192.
- the audio input interface 210 may receive a control signal (eg, a volume adjustment signal received through an input button) related to the audio signal obtained from the external electronic device 102.
- the audio input interface 210 includes a plurality of audio input channels and can receive different audio signals for each corresponding audio input channel among the plurality of audio input channels.
- the audio input interface 210 may receive an audio signal from another component of the electronic device 101 (eg, the processor 120 or the memory 130).
- the audio input mixer 220 may synthesize a plurality of input audio signals into at least one audio signal.
- the audio input mixer 220 may synthesize a plurality of analog audio signals input through the audio input interface 210 into at least one analog audio signal.
- the ADC 230 can convert analog audio signals into digital audio signals.
- the ADC 230 converts the analog audio signal received through the audio input interface 210, or additionally or alternatively, the analog audio signal synthesized through the audio input mixer 220 into a digital audio signal. It can be converted into a signal.
- the audio signal processor 240 may perform various processing on a digital audio signal input through the ADC 230 or a digital audio signal received from another component of the electronic device 101. For example, according to one embodiment, the audio signal processor 240 may change the sampling rate, apply one or more filters, process interpolation, amplify or attenuate all or part of the frequency band, and You can perform noise processing (e.g., noise or echo attenuation), change channels (e.g., switch between mono and stereo), mix, or extract specified signals. According to one embodiment, one or more functions of the audio signal processor 240 may be implemented in the form of an equalizer.
- the DAC 250 can convert digital audio signals into analog audio signals.
- DAC 250 may process digital audio signals processed by audio signal processor 240, or other components of electronic device 101 (e.g., processor 120 or memory 130).
- the digital audio signal obtained from )) can be converted to an analog audio signal.
- the audio output mixer 260 may synthesize a plurality of audio signals to be output into at least one audio signal.
- the audio output mixer 260 may output an audio signal converted to analog through the DAC 250 and another analog audio signal (e.g., an analog audio signal received through the audio input interface 210). ) can be synthesized into at least one analog audio signal.
- the audio output interface 270 transmits the analog audio signal converted through the DAC 250, or additionally or alternatively, the analog audio signal synthesized by the audio output mixer 260 to the electronic device 101 through the audio output module 155. ) can be output outside of.
- the sound output module 155 may include, for example, a speaker such as a dynamic driver or balanced armature driver, or a receiver.
- the sound output module 155 may include a plurality of speakers.
- the audio output interface 270 may output audio signals having a plurality of different channels (eg, stereo or 5.1 channels) through at least some of the speakers.
- the audio output interface 270 is connected to the external electronic device 102 (e.g., external speaker or headset) directly through the connection terminal 178 or wirelessly through the wireless communication module 192. and can output audio signals.
- the audio module 170 does not have a separate audio input mixer 220 or an audio output mixer 260, but uses at least one function of the audio signal processor 240 to generate a plurality of digital audio signals. At least one digital audio signal can be generated by synthesizing them.
- the audio module 170 is an audio amplifier (not shown) capable of amplifying an analog audio signal input through the audio input interface 210 or an audio signal to be output through the audio output interface 270. (e.g., speaker amplification circuit) may be included.
- the audio amplifier may be composed of a module separate from the audio module 170.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an implementation example of an electronic device according to various embodiments.
- the electronic device 300 may include a cradle 310 and an acoustic device 400 that can be accommodated in the cradle 310 .
- the description of the above-described electronic device (e.g., the electronic device 101 and/or the electronic device 102 of FIG. 1) may apply to the cradle 310 and the sound device 400.
- the cradle 310 may accommodate the acoustic device 400 or may refer to an electronic device for charging the acoustic device 400.
- the term 'cradle' will be used, but this is only for convenience of explanation and the spirit of the present disclosure should not be construed as being limited to this term.
- the cradle 310 can be opened or closed, and the user can store the sound device 400 in a separate receiving space 332 formed in the cradle 310.
- the sound device 400 may include a first sound device 400a and a second sound device 400b. The first sound device 400a and the second sound device 400b can be worn on both ears of the user.
- the accommodating space 332 may include a first accommodating space 332a and a second accommodating space 332b for accommodating the first and second acoustic devices 400a and 400b, respectively.
- the cradle 310 includes a first housing 320 and a second housing 340 disposed on the first housing 320 and capable of shielding at least a portion of the first housing 320. can do.
- the first housing 320 is shielded by the second housing 340, the sound device 400 accommodated in the cradle 310 can be prevented from leaving.
- the cradle 310 is electrically connected to the acoustic device 400 and may supply power to the acoustic device 400 or transmit or receive an electrical signal.
- various electronic components may be disposed inside the first housing 320 and/or the second housing 340.
- acoustic components e.g., audio module 170 of FIG. 2
- electronic components e.g., processor 120 of FIG. 1
- power management module 188 e.g., battery 189
- wireless communication module 192 e.g., wireless communication module
- the sound device 400 may include a wearable electronic device.
- the sound device 400 may be wearable on a part of the body, for example, the ear or the head.
- the sound device 400 may include an in-ear earset, an in-ear headset, or a hearing aid.
- the sound device 400 may have an asymmetric shape.
- the sound device 400 is formed to have an asymmetric shape, so that the sound device 400 can be ergonomically designed and the user's convenience of use can be increased.
- the acoustic device 400 is formed to have an asymmetric shape, so that the acoustic components (e.g., the audio module 170 of FIG. 2) and the electronic components (e.g., the audio module 170 of FIG. 1) inside the acoustic device 400 Processors 120 may be arranged to improve acoustic performance.
- the sound device 400 may be electrically connected to an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 102 of FIG. 1).
- the sound device 400 may function as an audio output interface (or, for example, the sound output module 155 in FIG. 1) that outputs the sound signal received from the external electronic device 102 to the outside. there is.
- the audio device 400 disclosed in this document includes an audio input interface (or input module 150 of FIG. 1) for receiving an audio signal corresponding to a sound acquired from outside the audio device 400. ) can function as.
- the sound device 400 may communicate with and/or be controlled with an external electronic device 102.
- the sound device 400 is paired with an external electronic device such as a smart phone through a communication method such as Bluetooth and converts data received from the external electronic device 102 to output sound or receive the user's voice to communicate with the external electronic device 102. It may be an interaction-type electronic device that transmits data to the electronic device 102.
- the sound device 400 may be wirelessly connected to the external electronic device 102.
- the sound device 400 may communicate with the external electronic device 102 through a network (eg, a short-range wireless communication network or a long-range wireless communication network).
- Networks include, but are not limited to, mobile or cellular networks, local area networks (LANs) (e.g., Bluetooth communications), wireless local area networks (WLANs), and wide area networks (WANs). , the Internet, or a small area network (SAN).
- LANs local area networks
- WLANs wireless local area networks
- WANs wide area networks
- the Internet or a small area network (SAN).
- the sound device 400 may be wiredly connected to the external electronic device 102 using a cable (not shown).
- the cradle 310 may have an open state (a) and a shielded state (c).
- the open state may mean that the second housing 340 does not shield the first housing 320 and the upper portion (+z-axis direction) of the first housing 320 is open.
- the shielding state may mean a state in which the second housing 340 shields the first housing 320.
- the seated state (b) may mean a state in which the acoustic device 400 is disposed in the first housing 320 (eg, the receiving space 332) in an open state.
- the terms 'open state', 'shielded state', and 'settled state' are used to describe the present disclosure.
- the electronic device 300 may include a fixing structure (eg, the fixing structure 700 of FIG. 4 ) for maintaining the position of the audio device 400 within the cradle 310 .
- a fixing structure eg, the fixing structure 700 in FIG. 4
- a fixing structure may be provided in an arrangement relationship between the cradle 310 and the sound device 400.
- the electronic device 300 will be explained mainly by focusing on the sound device 400 and the cradle 310 for storing the sound device 400, but this is only for convenience of explanation.
- the electronic device 300 in the present disclosure is not limited to only the electronic device related to the acoustic device 400, and can be equally applied to all types of first devices and second devices for storing or charging the first device. It will be understood that it exists.
- Figure 4 shows a cradle in which a cradle and an audio device are accommodated according to various embodiments.
- Figure 5 is a diagram showing a cradle and fixing structure according to various embodiments.
- Figure 6 is a view showing a fixing structure according to various embodiments from different angles.
- Figure 7 is an enlarged view of a fixed configuration according to various embodiments.
- the electronic device 500 may include a fixing structure 700.
- the electronic device 500 may include a cradle 510 and an audio device 600.
- the description of the electronic device 500, cradle 510, and sound device 600 of FIGS. 4 to 7 is the same as the description of the electronic device 300, cradle 310, and sound device 400 of FIG. 3. It may be applied in whole or in part.
- the fixing structure 700 may be configured to secure the acoustic device 600 within the cradle 510. For example, even if an impact is applied to the cradle 510 while the acoustic device 600 is accommodated (for example, when the cradle 510 falls on the floor), within the cradle 510 of the acoustic device 600 position can be maintained.
- the first housing 520 may include a cover member 530 to shield the internal space 545 of the first housing 520.
- the cover member 530 may cover the internal space 545 and protect the electronic components 546 disposed in the internal space 545 .
- the cover member 530 may include an accommodation space 532 in which the acoustic device 400 is seated. Unlike shown, the cover member 530 and the first housing 520 may be formed integrally.
- the fixing structure 700 may be disposed within the first housing 520 .
- the fixing structure 700 is provided adjacent to the accommodation space 532 and can maintain the position of the acoustic device 600 disposed in the accommodation space 532.
- the fixing structure 700 may include all or part of the lever member 710, the lever shaft 730, the hook member 740, the elastic member 770, and the hook shaft 780. .
- the lever member 710 may be disposed near the operating opening 534 formed in the cover member 530.
- at least a part of the lever member 710 is inserted into the operation opening 534 and disposed on the lower surface (-z-axis direction surface, 531b) of the cover member 530, and at least another part of the lever member 710 Can be disposed on the upper surface (+z-axis direction surface, 531a) of the cover member 530 near the operating opening 534.
- the user may operate the fixing structure 700 by manipulating at least a portion of the lever member 710 disposed on the upper surface (+z-axis direction surface) of the cover member 530.
- the lever member 710 will be described in detail later.
- the lever member 710 may be connected to the cover member 530 through the lever shaft 730.
- the lever shaft 730 can improve the coupling between the lever shaft 730 and the cover member 530.
- hook member 740 may be operatively connected to lever member 710.
- the hook member 740 is disposed adjacent to the lever member 710, and its position (or posture) may change in response to the operation of the lever member 710.
- at least a portion of the hook member 740 may be exposed through the fixing opening 533 formed in the cover member 530, which is a recess formed in the acoustic device 600 (e.g., the recess in FIG. 11
- the position of the sound device 600 can be maintained by being inserted into the unit 802.
- the hook shaft 780 may connect between the hook member 740 and the cover member 530. Additionally, the hook shaft 780 may serve as a rotation axis of the hook member 740 when the hook member 740 rotates, as will be described later.
- the fastening structure 700 may be operated between a first state and a second state.
- the hook member 740 moves from the first hook position to the second hook position corresponding to the movement of the lever member 710. can be moved
- the hook member 740 is spaced apart from (not connected to) the acoustic device (e.g., the acoustic device 400 of FIG. 3), and at the second hook position, the hook member 740 is connected to the acoustic device 400. It is connected to can fix the position of the sound device 400.
- the first state of the fixing structure 700 may mean that the acoustic device 600 is freely attachable and detachable
- the second state of the fixing structure 700 may mean that the acoustic device 600 is attached to the cradle 510. It may mean a state in which the position is maintained within.
- the position of the lever member 710 corresponding to the first state of the fixing structure 700 may be referred to as a first lever position
- the position of the lever member 710 corresponding to the second state may be referred to as a second lever position. there is.
- part of the elastic member 770 may be connected to the cover member 530 and another part may be connected to the hook member 740.
- the elastic member 770 may provide a restoring force to move the position of the hook member 740 from the second hook position to the first hook position.
- FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an assembly process of a lever member according to various embodiments.
- the lever member 710 may include an operating portion 712 and an engaging portion 713.
- the descriptions of the lever member 710 and the cover member 530 in the above-described embodiments may be applied to the lever member 710 and the cover member 530 of FIG. 8 .
- the lever member 710 may be inserted through the operation opening 534 (see FIG. 7) and connected to the lower surface (-z-axis direction surface, 531b) of the cover member 530.
- the operating portion 712 of the lever member 710 may be connected to the guide portion 550 of the cover member 530.
- the guide portion 550 may be formed to protrude from the lower surface 531b of the cover member 530 along the -z-axis direction.
- the operating portion 712 of the lever member 710 may include two extended areas.
- the operating portion 712 may include a first operating portion 712a and a second operating portion 712b.
- the operating portion 712 may have a substantially U-shape.
- the operating part 712 may be arranged to surround at least a portion of the guide part 550 of the cover member 530.
- the first operation part 712a and the second operation part 712b are arranged to surround one end 555 of the guide part 550, and in this state, the lever member 710 is positioned at the first lever position. It can be moved to the second lever position. The operation of the lever member 710 will be described in detail later.
- the locking portion 713 may prevent the lever member 710 from being released through the operation opening 534.
- the length from one side (+x-axis direction) end of the locking portion 713 to the other side (-x-axis direction) end is formed to be larger than the width (x-axis direction) of the operation opening 534, and the lever member When 710 is inserted into the operation opening 534, separation of the lever member 710 can be prevented.
- the cover member 710 is made of an elastic material and the outer surface 713a of the locking portion 713 is formed to be inclined, so that the locking portion 713 is inside the operating opening 534 in a compressed state. You can slide through it. When passing through the operating opening 534, the locking portion 713 expands again, and at least a portion of the locking portion 713 can be caught on the lower surface 531b of the cover member 530.
- the lever shaft 730 may be disposed in the lever shaft receiving area 554 formed in the guide portion 550. From an assembly process perspective, after the engaging portion 713 is connected to the cover member 530, the lever shaft 730 may be placed in the lever shaft receiving area 554.
- the lever shaft 730 is disposed so that at least a portion (e.g., the loop portion 1031 in FIG. 16) overlaps the lever member 710 (e.g., the operating portion 721) in the vertical direction (-z-axis direction). , it is possible to prevent the lever member 710 from deviating in the vertical direction (-z-axis direction) and/or to reduce movement of the lever member 710 in the vertical direction (-z-axis direction).
- the guide portion 550 may include a position fixing portion 551 on one side. At least a portion of the position fixing portion 551 may be formed to protrude from the guide portion 550 in the lateral direction (x-axis direction). As will be described later, the position fixing part 551 may be inserted into the position fixing area (eg, the first concave area 913 in FIG. 14) formed on the operating part 721 at the second lever position.
- the position fixing area eg, the first concave area 913 in FIG. 14
- FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an assembly process of a hook member according to various embodiments.
- the hook member 740 includes a body portion 741, a connection portion 742 that protrudes from the body portion 741 in a first direction and engages with at least a portion of the lever member 710, and a body portion.
- a protruding portion 743 that protrudes from 741 in the second direction and is connected to at least a portion of the acoustic device (e.g., the acoustic device 600 in FIG. 4) and a seating portion 747 that is connected to the cover member 530. may include.
- the description of the hook member 740 and the lever member 710 in FIG. 9 may be applied in whole or in part to the description of the hook member 740 and the lever member 710 in the above-described embodiments.
- the seating portion 747 may be disposed on the hook seating area 561 of the cover member 530.
- the hook seating area 561 is formed to protrude from the lower surface 531b of the cover member 530 in the -z-axis direction, and the hook seating area 561 is one area (+z) of the seating portion 747. axial area).
- an elastic member 770 may be disposed on at least a portion of the outer surface of the seating portion 747.
- the elastic member 770 may include a first elastic member 770a mounted on the first hook member 740a and a second elastic member 770b mounted on the second hook member 740b. You can.
- the elastic member 770 may include a first region 772 and a second region 774, respectively.
- the elastic member 770 may have a ring shape and may be arranged to surround at least a portion of the seating portion 747.
- the first region 772 of the elastic member 770 is disposed in the first engaging region 556 of the cover member 530, and the second region 772 is disposed on the seating portion 747.
- Area 774 may be disposed in second latching area 754 of hook member 740 .
- the first catching area 556 is a 1-1 catching area 556a for connecting the first hook member 740a and the first elastic member 770a, the second hook member 740b, and the second elastic member. It may include a first-second locking area (556b) for connecting (770b).
- the elastic member 770 has a circular shape, but it is not limited thereto and various implementation modifications are possible.
- the hook shaft 780 may connect the cover member 530 and the hook member 740. In one embodiment, at least a portion of the hook shaft 780 may be inserted into the first hole 751 formed in the hook member 740 and the second hole 562 formed in the cover member 530.
- the hook shaft 780 includes a loop portion (e.g., loop portion 1281 in FIG. 20) and a shaft portion (e.g., shaft portion 1282 in FIG. 20), and a first hole 751 and a second hole 751.
- the hook shaft 780 may be arranged to penetrate both the first hole 751 and the second hole 562.
- the hook shaft 780 is connected to the first hook.
- the first hook shaft 780a inserted into the 1-1 hole 751a and the 2-1 hole 562a corresponding to the member 740a, and the 1-2 corresponding to the second hook member 740b. It may include a second hook shaft 780b inserted into the hole 751b and the 2-2 hole 562b.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an operation process of a fixing structure according to various embodiments.
- the fixation structure 700 may be configured to operate between a first state and a second state.
- the description of the fixing structure 700 in FIG. 10 may be similar to the description of the fixing structure 700 in the above-described embodiments. Additionally, in describing the embodiment of this drawing, the cradle 510 and the sound device 600 of FIG. 4 may be mentioned together. Additionally, reference numerals in FIG. 9 may also be mentioned.
- the fixing structure 700 may be located in a first state. As described above, in the first state of the fixing structure 700, the acoustic device 600 may be detachably disposed within the cradle 510. When the fixing structure 700 is in the first state, the lever member 710 may be positioned at the first lever position, and the hook member 740 may be positioned at the first hook position.
- the fixation structure 700 may change from the first state to the second state.
- lever member 710 is moved from a first lever position to a second lever position
- hook member 740 is moved from a first hook position to a second hook position corresponding to the movement of lever member 710.
- can be moved For example, when the lever member 710 is moved in the first direction (-y-axis direction), the hook member 740 engaged with at least a portion of the lever member 710 is centered around the hook shaft 780 (z-axis direction). can be rotated.
- the hook member 740 rotates around the hook shaft 780, the protrusion 743 may be connected to the sound device 600 through the fixing opening 533.
- first hook member 740a and the second hook member 740b may rotate in opposite directions about the first hook shaft 780a and the second hook shaft 780b, respectively.
- first hook member 740a and the second hook member 740b each rotate in opposite directions, and the first protrusion 743a ) and the second protrusion 744b may be spaced apart from each other in the horizontal direction (x-axis direction).
- the first protrusion 743a and the second protrusion 744b are exposed from the upper surface (+z-axis direction surface, 531a) of the cover member 530 through the first and second fixing openings 533a and 533b, respectively, and are used as an acoustic device. It can be connected to (600).
- a manipulation area 530a may be formed on at least a portion of the upper surface (+z-axis direction surface, 531a) of the cover member 530.
- the manipulation area 530a may include the manipulation opening 534 (see FIG. 7) described above.
- the lever member 710 may include an operating portion 711.
- the manipulation part 711 is disposed in the manipulation area 530a and can be moved within the manipulation area 530a. For example, when the manipulation part 711 is disposed on the first side (e.g., +y-axis direction) of the manipulation area 530a, it can be expressed that the lever member 710 is located at the first lever position. .
- the lever member 710 can be expressed as being located at the second lever position.
- the area on the first side (+y-axis direction) of the manipulation area 530a is referred to as the first manipulation area
- the area on the second side (-y-axis direction) of the manipulation area 530a is referred to as the second manipulation area. It can be.
- the lever member 710 may include an operating unit 711a.
- the manipulation unit 711a may be formed to protrude from the manipulation part 711 in the +z-axis direction.
- the user moves the manipulation part 711 from the first side (+y-axis direction) area of the manipulation area 530a to the second side (-y-axis direction) area through the manipulation unit 711a, thereby forming the lever member 710.
- the user moves the manipulation part 711 from the first side (+y-axis direction) area of the manipulation area 530a to the second side (-y-axis direction) area through the manipulation unit 711a, thereby forming the lever member 710.
- can be moved from the first lever position to the second lever position eg, changing the fixing structure 700 from the first state to the second state).
- the hook member 740 includes a connection portion 742 protruding from the body portion 741, and the lever member 710 includes a connection area 724 for engaging the connection portion 742. It can be included.
- the connection area 724 may be formed to extend from at least a portion of the operating portion 721 in the lateral direction (x-axis direction).
- the connection portion 742 and the connection area 724 may each include corresponding inclined surfaces.
- the lever member 710 includes a first connection region 724a for engaging the first connection portion 742a of the first hook member 740a and a second connection portion of the second hook member 740b. It may include a second connection area 724b for engaging with 742b.
- connection area 724 pushes the connection portion 742 along the moving direction of the lever member 710 and the hook member ( 740) may rotate about the hook shaft 780.
- the connection part 742 and the connection area 724 have corresponding inclined surfaces, at least a part of the connection part 742 can easily slide along at least a part of the connection area 724.
- the elastic member 770 provides a restoring force for the fixing structure 700 to maintain the first state, or provides a restoring force for the fixing structure 700 to return from the second state to the first state.
- the first region 772 of the elastic member 770 is disposed in the first catching region 556 of the cover member 530, and the second region 774 is disposed in the hook member 740.
- the second region 774 is disposed in the hook member 740.
- some areas of the elastic member 770 e.g., the first area 772 are connected to a configuration different from the hook member 740 (e.g., the first catching area 556 of the cover member 530).
- another area (e.g., second area 774) of the elastic member 770 is connected to the hook member 740 to maintain the initial position (e.g., first hook position) of the hook member 740. It can provide a force for recovery or a force for returning from the second state to the first state.
- the fixation structure 700 changes from the first state to the second state
- the first region 772 and the second region 774 of the elastic member 770 move away from each other, and the first region 774 moves away from each other.
- An elastic restoring force may be applied between 772 and the second area 774. Because of this, conversion of the fixing structure 700 from the second state to the first state can be facilitated with a small amount of force.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram schematically showing an acoustic device according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a fixing structure and an acoustic device in a first state, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a fixing structure and an acoustic device in a second state, according to various embodiments.
- the sound device 800 may include a concave portion 802.
- the descriptions of the audio devices 400 and 600 in the above-described embodiments may apply to the audio device 800 of FIG. 11 . Additionally, when describing FIGS. 11 to 13, the components or reference numerals of FIGS. 4 to 10 may also be mentioned.
- the sound device 800 may include a housing 801 that provides an appearance and a concave portion 802 formed in at least a portion of the housing 801.
- the sound device 800 may be disposed in an accommodating space (e.g., accommodating space 532) of the above-described cradle (e.g., cradle 510 of FIG. 4).
- the concave portion 802 when the sound device 800 is placed in the cradle 510, the concave portion 802 may be disposed adjacent to the fixing opening 533.
- the sound device 800 may include a magnetic material inside the housing 801, and/or the cradle 510 may include a magnetic material (e.g., electronic component 522 of FIG. 5 ) within the first housing 520. ))) may be included.
- the magnetic material (or electronic component) inside the acoustic device 800 and the magnetic material (or electronic component) inside the cradle 510 may be attracted to each other and aligned between the concave portion 802 and the fixing opening 533.
- the sound device 800 may further include a first terminal 803.
- the cradle 510 may include a second terminal 599 (see FIG. 6) disposed in the receiving space 532.
- the first terminal 803 and the second terminal 599 may electrically connect the cradle 510 and the sound device 800 (for example, to supply power for charging or transmit data).
- the first terminal 803 and the second terminal 599 may be provided as magnetic materials. When at least a portion of the first terminal 803 and the second terminal 599 is provided as a magnetic material, the first terminal 803 and the second terminal 599 are attracted and fixed to the recessed portion 802.
- Aperture 533 may be aligned. When the recessed portion 802 and the fixing opening 533 are aligned, the protruding portion 743 can be inserted into the recessed portion 802 corresponding to the operation of the hook member 740.
- the first acoustic device 800a and the second acoustic device 800b may be symmetrically disposed in the first accommodating space 532a and the second accommodating space 532b.
- the first acoustic device 800a and the second acoustic device 800b have symmetrical shapes, so that when the acoustic device 800 is placed in the cradle 510, the first concave portion 802a and the second concave portion 802a 802b may be arranged to substantially face each other.
- the first hook member 740a and the second hook member 740b are opened corresponding to the operation of the lever member 710 and are connected to the first protrusion 743a of the first hook member 740a and the second hook member 740b.
- the second protrusion 743b of the hook member 740b may be inserted into the first recess 802a and the second recess 802b, respectively. By inserting the protrusion 743 into the concave portion 802, the sound device 800 can be prevented from being separated from the cradle 510 in the vertical direction (+z-axis direction).
- Figure 14 is a diagram showing a lever member according to various embodiments.
- Figure 15 is a diagram showing the operation of a lever member according to various embodiments.
- the lever member 910 may include an operating portion 911, an operating portion 912, and a locking portion 916.
- the lever member 910 of FIGS. 14 and 15 may have the same configuration in whole or in part as the lever member 710 described above.
- the lever member 910 may include an operating portion 911 and an operating portion 911a formed on the operating portion 911. Since the description of the manipulation part 711 described above with reference to FIG. 10 can be applied to the manipulation part 911 of FIGS. 14 and 15 , overlapping descriptions will be omitted.
- the lever member 910 may include an operating portion 912 formed on the rear surface (-z-axis direction surface, 911c) of the operating portion 911 or on the opposite side where the operating portion 911a is formed. there is.
- the operating portion 912 may include a first operating portion 912a and a second operating portion 912b extending in two directions.
- the first operation part 912a and the second operation part 912b are symmetrical to each other, and the following description will focus on the first operation part 912a or the operation part 912. Unless otherwise specified, the description of the first operation portion 912a may be equally applied to the second operation portion 912b.
- the spaced space between the first operating part 912a and the second operating part 912b may be provided as an insertion space 915 for seating the guide part 5550.
- the lever member 910 With at least a portion of the guide portion 550 seated in the insertion space 915, the lever member 910 may be moved from the first lever position to the second lever position (or vice versa).
- at least a portion of the operating portion 912 may be in contact with at least a portion of the guide portion 550 .
- the locking area 916 between the first operating portion 912a and the second operating portion 912b is in contact with one end 555 of the guide portion 550, thereby causing additional movement of the lever member 910. This can be prevented.
- the guide portion 550 may include a position fixing portion 551 for maintaining the position of the lever member 910.
- the position fixing part 551 may include a first position fixing part 552 and a second position fixing part 553.
- the first position fixing part 552 and the second position fixing part 553 may be formed to protrude from the guide part 550 in a direction different from the moving direction of the lever member 910 (for example, the x-axis direction). .
- the operating portion 912 may include a first concave area 913.
- the first concave area 913 includes a 1-1 concave area 913a formed in the first operating portion 912a and a 1-2 concave region 913b formed in the second operating portion 912b.
- the operating portion 912 may include a first concave area 913 and a second concave area 914 spaced apart by a predetermined distance.
- the second concave area 914 may include a 2-1 concave area 914a and a 2-2 concave area 914b.
- the second position fixing portion 553 may be located in the first concave area 913.
- the first position fixing part 552 may be disposed outside the lever member 910 (for example, outside the insertion space 915).
- the first concave area 913 surrounds at least a portion of the second position fixing part 553, and the lever member 910 can be prevented from being separated in the y-axis direction.
- lever member 910 when lever member 910 moves from a first lever position to a second lever position (e.g., when operated by a user), lever member 910 moves generally in the -y-axis direction. can be moved
- the lever member 910 may be moved overall in the +y-axis direction as the space between the first operating part 912a and the second operating part 912b is pushed apart by the second position fixing part 553.
- the lever member 910 may be formed of an elastic material.
- lever member 910 may be formed of a polymer or metal plate.
- the first position fixing part 552 may begin to enter the insertion space 915.
- the first position fixing part 552 is disposed in the first concave area 913, and the second position fixing part 553 is positioned in the second lever position. 2 may be placed in the concave area 914.
- the first concave area 913 and the second concave area 914 accommodate the first position fixing part 552 and the second position fixing part 553, respectively, so that the y-axis direction deviation of the lever member 910 is prevented. It can be suppressed.
- Figure 16 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a lever member and a lever shaft according to various embodiments.
- the lever shaft 1030 can prevent the lever member 1010 from leaving in the z-axis direction.
- the description of the lever shaft 730 in the above-described embodiments may be applied mutatis mutandis to the lever shaft 1030 of FIG. 17 .
- the lever member 1010 of FIG. 17 may have the same configuration in whole or in part as the lever members 710 and 910 in the above-described embodiments.
- the lever shaft 1030 may include a loop portion 1031 and a shaft portion 1033.
- shaft portion 1033 is inserted into lever shaft receiving area 554 and loop portion 1031 can cover at least a portion of lever member 1010 (e.g., operating portion 1012).
- the lower surface 1032 of the loop portion 1031 may be in contact with the cover member 530 and the upper surface 1017a of the operating portion 1012. Additionally, the lower surface 1017b of the operating portion 1012 may be slightly spaced apart from the cover member 530. Thereby, fluidity can be improved while the lever member 1010 moves from the first lever position to the second lever position.
- the lower surface 1017b of the operating portion 1012 is spaced apart from one surface (-z-axis direction surface, 542b) of the operating area 530a (see FIG. 10) of the cover member 530, and the lever member 1010 )
- the rear surface 1021a of the manipulation part 1011 may be arranged to contact the upper surface (+z-axis direction surface, 542a) of the manipulation area 530a.
- One surface 1017b of the operating portion 1012 and at least a portion of the cover member 530 have a gap (for improving movement of the lever member 1010). It can also be expressed as forming a gap.
- Figure 17 is a diagram showing a lever shaft and lever member according to another embodiment.
- the lever shaft 1130 may include two or more shaft portions 1133a and 1133b and a loop portion 1131 connected to the shaft portions 1133a and 1133b.
- the descriptions of the lever shafts 730 and 1030 in the above-described embodiments may be applied to the lever shaft 1130 of FIG. 18 .
- the descriptions of the lever members 710, 910, and 1010 in the above-described embodiments may be applied to the lever member 1110 of FIG. 17.
- the first shaft portion 1133a is disposed in the shaft receiving area 554a formed in the guide portion 550 disposed in the insertion space (e.g., insertion space 915 in FIG. 14), and the second shaft portion 1133a is disposed in the shaft receiving area 554a.
- the shaft portion 1133b may be disposed in a shaft receiving area 554b disposed outside the insertion space 915.
- the loop portion 1131 covers at least a portion of the operating portion 1111 that moves on the operating opening (e.g., the operating opening 534 in FIG. 7) and the operating portion 1112 that moves along the guide portion 550, and operates Separation of the portion 1112 can be prevented.
- Figure 18 is a diagram showing a hook member according to various embodiments.
- Figure 19 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a hook member and an elastic member according to various embodiments.
- Figure 20 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a hook member and a hook shaft according to various embodiments.
- the hook member 1240 may include a first rail portion 1255, a second rail portion 1256, and/or an elastic member receiving portion 1253.
- the hook member 1240 of FIGS. 18 to 20 may have the same configuration in whole or in part as the hook member 740 in the above-described embodiments.
- the hook member 1240 may be in line contact with at least a portion of the cover member 530.
- the hook member 1240 includes a first rail portion 1255 protruding from the lower surface 1247a of the seating portion 1247, and the hook seating area 561 through the first rail portion 1255. It may be in line contact with the contact surface 546.
- the first rail portion 1255 may be disposed along the perimeter of the lower surface 1247a of the seating portion 1247. The first rail portion 1255 is connected to the hook member 1240 and the cover member 530 (e.g., hook seating area 561) when the hook member 1240 is moved from the first hook position to the second hook position. ) can reduce the friction between them.
- the hook member 1240 may be in line contact with at least a portion of the hook shaft 1280.
- the hook member 1240 includes a second rail portion 1256 protruding from the upper surface 1247b of the seating portion 1247 and is connected to the hook shaft 1280 through the second rail portion 1256. Line contact can be made.
- the second rail portion 1256 may be disposed along the perimeter of the upper surface 1247b of the seating portion 1247. The second rail portion 1256 may reduce friction between the hook member 1240 and the hook shaft 1280 when the hook member 1240 is moved from the first hook position to the second hook position.
- the second rail portion 1256 may be in line contact with the lower surface 1283 of the loop portion 1281 of the hook shaft 1280.
- the hook member 1240 may include an elastic member receiving portion 1253 to prevent the elastic member 1270 from being separated.
- the elastic member receiving portion 1253 is a groove formed along the outer surface of the partition wall 1248 around the hook shaft receiving area 1249 (e.g., the first hole 751 in FIG. 9) of the seating portion 1247. can be provided.
- the upper (-z-axis direction) area of the seating portion 1347 may be provided as a roof that suppresses deviation of the elastic member 1350 in the Z-axis direction.
- Figure 21 is a diagram showing a fixing structure disposed in a cradle according to various embodiments.
- Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of the fixing structure of Figure 21.
- the fixing structure 1400 may be supported by a bracket 1490.
- the fixing structure 1400 in FIGS. 21 and 22 may be completely or partially the same as the fixing structure 700 in the above-described embodiments.
- the fixing structure 1400 may be disposed on the cover member 530, and the bracket 1490 may be disposed to cover or support at least a portion of the fixing structure 1400.
- bracket 1490 may include support protrusion 1496.
- the support protrusion 1496 may include first to third support protrusions 1496a, 1496b, and 1496c.
- the first to third support protrusions 1496a, 1496b, and 1496c may be disposed on the lever shaft 1430, the first hook shaft 1480a, and the second hook shaft 1480b, respectively.
- the bracket 1490 may support electronic components disposed within the first housing (eg, the first housing 520 of FIG. 4).
- bracket 1490 can support component module 1480.
- the component module 1480 may support various electronic components to be placed in a cradle (eg, cradle 510 in FIG. 4).
- the component module 1480 may support a terminal 1482 for contacting a circuit board and/or an acoustic device (eg, the acoustic device 600 of FIG. 4).
- the terminal 1482 may be connected to the terminal of the sound device 600 through the bracket 1490 and the cover member 530.
- various electronic components for driving the cradle 510 may be disposed.
- a magnetic material 1498 may be disposed on the bracket 1490. As described above, the magnetic material 1498 attracts other magnetic materials or electronic components disposed within the acoustic device 600, thereby allowing the recessed portion 802 and the second opening 549 of the acoustic device 600 to be aligned. there is.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a cradle and fixing structure according to another embodiment.
- FIG. 24 is an enlarged view showing the operation of the fixing structure and upper cover of FIG. 23.
- the second housing 540a may include a pressing part 562a.
- the description of the fixing structure 1500 in FIGS. 23 and 24 may be applied mutatis mutandis to the fixing structure in the above-described embodiments (eg, the fixing structure 700 in FIG. 6 ).
- the pressing portion 562a may be formed on the inner surface 561a of the second housing 540a.
- the pressing portion 562a may protrude toward the first housing 520a.
- the pressing portion 562a interacts with at least a portion of the lever member 1510 to move the securing structure 1500 from the first state. It can be converted to 2 states.
- the pressing portion 562a may press the operating portion 1511 and move the lever member 1510 from the first lever position to the second lever position.
- the pressing portion 562a may include a first inclined surface 563a.
- the first inclined surface 563a may correspond to the operating portion 1511 of the lever member 1510 and/or the second inclined surface 1513 of the operating portion 1512.
- the second inclined surface 1513 slides along the first inclined surface 563a, and the lever member 1510 can be moved in the y-axis direction.
- the user can operate the fixing structure 1500 by covering the cover (eg, second housing 540a) of the cradle 510a.
- Figure 25 is a diagram showing a fixing structure according to another embodiment.
- the fixing structure 1600 may further include an auxiliary elastic member 1670.
- the description of the fixing structure eg, the fixing structure 700 of FIG. 6 in the above-described embodiments may be applied in whole or in part.
- the auxiliary elastic member 1670 may connect the first hook member 1640a and the second hook member 1640b.
- one side of the auxiliary elastic member 1670 is connected to the first part 1649a formed on the first hook member 1640a, and the other side is connected to the second part 1649b formed on the second hook member 1640b. can be connected
- the auxiliary elastic member 1670 is configured to maintain the first hook member 1640a and the second hook member 1640b in the first hook position, respectively, when the fixing structure 1600 is in the first state. It can be configured. Additionally, when the fixing structure 1600 is in the second state, an elastic restoring force may be provided between the first hook member 1640a and the second hook member 1640b. For example, as the lever member 1610 moves, the first hook member 1640a and the second hook member 1640b rotate about the first hook shaft 1680a and the second hook shaft 1680b, respectively. If so, restoring force may be generated in the auxiliary elastic member 1670.
- Figure 26 is a diagram showing a plate member and a fixing structure including the same according to various embodiments.
- Figure 27 is an enlarged view of a plate member and a lever member according to various embodiments.
- the fixing structure 1700 may further include a plate member 1790.
- the description of the fixing structure eg, the fixing structure 700 of FIG. 6 ) in the above-described embodiments may be applied.
- the plate member 1790 may include a first plate member 1790a and a second plate member 1790b.
- the first plate member 1790a and the second plate member 1790b may be arranged to surround at least a portion of the first operating portion 1712a and the second operating portion 1712b of the lever member 1710, respectively.
- the first plate member 1790a may be arranged to surround one end of the first operating portion 1712a.
- the second plate member 1790b may be arranged to surround one end of the second operating portion 1712b.
- the first operative portion 1712a and the second operative portion 1712b may include attachment areas 1724a and 1724b.
- the first plate member 1790a and the second plate member 1790b may be attached to the attachment areas 1724a and 1724b through the adhesive member 1770.
- the plate member 1790 may include a support portion 1792 and a position fixing portion 1794 extending from the support portion 1792.
- the support part 1792 may be arranged to surround at least a partial area of the operating part 1712.
- the support portion 1792 may surround an area around one end (-y-axis direction) of the operating portion 1712.
- the support portion 1792 may include one or a plurality of concave areas 1793. The concave area 1793 engages with the protrusion 1713 formed on the operating portion 1712 and can prevent the plate member 1790 from being separated from the operating portion 1712.
- the position fixing portion 1794 may be formed to extend from the support portion 1792. At least a portion of the position fixing part 1794 may have a concave shape to correspond to the shape of the position fixing part (eg, the position fixing part 551 in FIG. 14). In one embodiment, the position fixing part 1794 may perform a function substantially similar to the above-described first concave area (e.g., the first concave area 913 in FIG. 14), and the first concave area 913 ) can all be applied to the position fixing part 1794.
- the position fixing part 1794 may perform a function substantially similar to the above-described first concave area (e.g., the first concave area 913 in FIG. 14), and the first concave area 913 ) can all be applied to the position fixing part 1794.
- the position fixing part 1794 in the first state of the fixing structure 1700, the position fixing part 1794 is spread on both sides (x-axis direction) and the position fixing part 551 is fixed by being received within the position fixing part 1794.
- Structure 1700 may be transformed into a second state.
- the position fixing part 1794 faces the position fixing part 1794 so that the position fixing part 1794 spreads smoothly while the fixing structure 1700 is converted from the first state to the second state. It may be arranged to be spaced apart from one side 1725 of the operating part 1723 by a predetermined distance.
- the plate member 1790 may include a metal material.
- plate member 1790 may include SUS.
- Figure 28 is a diagram showing a fixing structure according to another embodiment.
- the fixing structure 1800 may include a cam lever 1810 and a guide portion 1850.
- the description of the fixing structure 1800 in FIG. 28 (e.g., the fixing structure 700 in FIG. 6) in the above-described embodiments may be applied in whole or in part.
- the cam lever 1810 may include a lever portion 1820 and a hook portion 1840.
- the description of the lever member (e.g., lever member 710 in FIG. 6) in the above-described embodiments may apply to the lever portion 1820, and the hook portion 1840 may be similar to the hook in the above-described embodiments.
- the description of the member (e.g., the hook member 740 of FIG. 6) may be applied mutatis mutandis.
- the hook portion 1840 when the cam lever 1810 is moved from the first lever position to the second position (if the cam lever 1810 is moved in the -y-axis direction), the hook portion 1840 is moved on both sides (x-axis direction). ) can occur.
- the first hook portion 1840a and the second hook portion 1840b may be spread apart in opposite directions.
- the hook portion 1840 may be pressed by the hook fixing portion 1857.
- hook portion 1840 may include a slide portion 1842.
- the slide portion 1842 may include a concave area 1842a into which the hook fixing portion 1857 is inserted at the first hook position and a slide surface 1842b extending from the concave area 1842a.
- the hook fixture 1857 slides along the slide surface 1842b in the concave area 1842a in the +y-axis direction ( The hook portion 1840 can be pushed out in the direction opposite to the moving direction of the cam lever 1810. As a result, the hook portion 1840 can be opened.
- the cam lever 1810 may be formed of an elastic material. In some embodiments, the cam lever 1810 may be expressed as being integrally formed with the lever member 710 and the hook member 740 in the above-described embodiments.
- the fixing structure in the above-described embodiments e.g., the fixing structure 700 in FIG. 6
- the description focuses on the fact that the hook member 740 rotates around the hook shaft 780, but this is explained in FIG. 28.
- a fixing structure eg, fixing structure 1800 in which the hook member 740 or the hook portion 1840 can be translated may be provided.
- a first housing e.g., FIG. 3 The first housing 320
- a second housing e.g, the second housing 340 in FIG. 3
- a fixing structure disposed adjacent to the accommodation space and for fixing the audio device (e.g., the fixing structure 700 in FIG. 6), wherein at least a portion of the fixing structure is aligned with the first surface and the second surface.
- a lever member disposed between two surfaces and configured to be movable between a first position and a second position along at least a portion of the first surface (e.g., lever member 710 in FIG.
- connection portion operatively connected to the lever member (e.g., connection portion 742 in FIG. 9) and a recess extending from the connection portion and formed in at least a portion of the sound output device (e.g., FIG. 11).
- a hook member e.g., hook member 740 in FIG. 9) including a protrusion (e.g., protrusion 743 in FIG. 9) insertable into the concave portion 802), wherein the protrusion is connected to the lever.
- An electronic device may be provided configured to be spaced apart from the recess when the member is in a first position and inserted into the recess when the lever member is in the second position.
- the lever member may be provided as an electronic device that includes an operating portion (eg, the operating portion 711 of FIG. 10 ) disposed to be exposed through the first surface.
- an operating portion eg, the operating portion 711 of FIG. 10
- the lever member includes an operating portion (e.g., operating portion 912 in FIG. 14) disposed on the second surface, and the first housing includes a guide portion extending from the second surface.
- An electronic device may be provided that includes a guide portion 550 in FIG. 15, and at least a portion of the operating portion is arranged to surround the guide portion.
- the guide part further includes a first position fixing part (e.g., the first position fixing part 552 in FIG. 15) formed in an edge area, and the operating part is a part of the first position fixing part. corresponding to the shape, and further comprising a first concave area (e.g., first concave area 913 in FIG. 15) for receiving the first position fixing part, wherein the lever member moves to the second position in the first position.
- the first position fixing part may be provided with an electronic device inserted into the concave area.
- the guide part further includes a second position fixing part (e.g., the second position fixing part 553 in FIG. 15) arranged in parallel with the first position fixing part and spaced apart by a predetermined distance.
- the operating portion includes a second concave area (e.g., second concave area 914 in FIG. 15) arranged in parallel with the first concave area and spaced apart by a predetermined distance, and the lever member When in the 1 position, the second position fixing part is disposed in the first concave area, and when the lever member is in the second position, the second position fixing part is disposed in the second concave area. You can.
- the first housing further includes a fixing opening (e.g., fixing opening 533 in FIG. 7) extending from the first surface to the second surface, and the hook member is connected to the lever.
- a fixing opening e.g., fixing opening 533 in FIG. 7
- the hook member is connected to the lever.
- the fixing structure further includes a hook shaft (e.g., hook shaft 780 in FIG. 7) for connecting the hook member and the first housing, and the hook member is connected to the lever member.
- a hook shaft e.g., hook shaft 780 in FIG. 7
- an electronic device rotatable about the hook shaft may be provided.
- the fixing structure further includes a hook fixing part (e.g., hook fixing part 1857 in FIG. 28) protruding from the second surface so as to contact at least a portion of the hook member,
- the lever member and the hook member are integrally formed, and when the lever member is moved from the first position to the second position, at least a portion of the hook member is pressed by the hook fixing part, and the hook member is An electronic device may be provided that moves in a direction different from the direction of movement of the lever member.
- the second housing includes a pressing portion (e.g., pressing portion 562a in FIG. 24) formed to face the receiving space, and when moved from the open state to the closed state, An electronic device may be provided in which the pressing portion contacts at least a portion of the manipulation portion to move the lever member from the first position to the second position.
- a pressing portion e.g., pressing portion 562a in FIG. 24
- An electronic device may be provided in which the pressing portion contacts at least a portion of the manipulation portion to move the lever member from the first position to the second position.
- the pressing part includes a first inclined surface
- the manipulation part includes a second inclined surface corresponding to the first inclined surface
- the second inclined surface is an electronic device capable of sliding along the first inclined surface.
- the electronic device further includes a magnetic material disposed in the first housing, the magnetic material being attracted to a magnetic material or electronic component disposed inside the acoustic device and a concave portion of the acoustic device.
- An electronic device configured to align the portion and the fixing opening may be provided.
- the fixing structure further includes an elastic member (e.g., elastic member 770 in FIG. 7), wherein at least a part of the elastic member is connected to the hook member, and another part is connected to the first elastic member.
- An electronic device connected to the housing may be provided.
- the fixing structure further includes a plate member (e.g., plate member 1790 in FIG. 27), wherein the plate member is disposed to surround at least a portion of the lever member, and the first housing
- An electronic device may be provided, further comprising a position maintaining portion configured to maintain the second position of the lever member and being concavely formed to accommodate at least a portion of the lever member.
- a first device e.g., cradle 310 of FIG. 3
- the first device comprising: a first side, a second side opposite the first side, and at least a portion of the first side.
- a first housing eg, the first housing 320 in FIG. 3 including a concavely formed receiving space; a second housing (eg, the second housing 340 in FIG. 3) connected to the first housing to be operable between a shielded state that shields at least a portion of the accommodating space and an open state that opens the accommodating space; and a fixing structure disposed adjacent to the receiving space (e.g., the fixing structure 700 in FIG.
- a portion of the fixing structure is disposed between the first surface and the second surface, and a lever member configured to be movable between a first position and a second position along at least a portion of the first face (e.g., lever member 710 in FIG. 7 ) and a connection portion operatively connected to the lever member; and a hook member (e.g., hook member 740 in FIG. 7) including a protrusion extending from the connection portion, and including a concave portion for receiving the protrusion on at least a portion of the outer surface, and the receiving space.
- a second device e.g., the acoustic device 400 of FIG.
- An electronic device may be provided configured to be inserted into the recess when in the second position.
- the first device may be provided as an electronic device for charging the second device.
- an electronic device may be provided wherein the second device includes an ear set, and the first device is a cradle for storing the ear set.
- the lever member includes an operating portion disposed on the second surface
- the first housing includes a guide portion extending from the second surface, and at least a portion of the operating portion includes the operating portion.
- An electronic device disposed to surround the guide portion may be provided.
- the guide part further includes a first position fixing part formed in an edge area, and the operating part corresponds to the shape of the first position fixing part and is configured to accommodate the first position fixing part.
- the electronic device may further include a first concave area, and when the lever member is moved from the first position to the second position, the first position fixing part is inserted into the concave area.
- the guide part further includes a second position fixing part arranged in parallel with the first position fixing part and spaced apart by a predetermined distance, and the operating part is arranged in parallel with the first concave area. and a second concave area spaced apart by a predetermined distance, and when the lever member is in the first position, the second position fixing part is disposed in the first concave area, and when the lever member is in the second position, the second position fixing portion is disposed in the first concave area.
- the second position fixing unit may be provided with an electronic device disposed in the second concave area.
- a housing that provides an appearance (e.g., housing 801 of FIG. 11); A concave portion formed in the housing (e.g., concave portion 802 in FIG. 11); and a terminal disposed on the housing for receiving power from the outside (e.g., terminal 803 in FIG. 11), wherein the concave portion includes a hook member disposed on the cradle for accommodating the audio device and An electronic device configured to be coupled may be provided.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Telephone Function (AREA)
Abstract
Description
๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ๊ดํ ๊ฒ์ด๋ค.Various embodiments of the present disclosure relate to an electronic device including a fixation structure.
์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ผ ํจ์, ๊ฐ์ ์ ํ์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ, ์ ์ ์์ฒฉ, ํด๋์ฉ ๋ฉํฐ๋ฏธ๋์ด ์ฌ์๊ธฐ, ์ด๋ํต์ ๋จ๋ง๊ธฐ, ํ๋ธ๋ฆฟ PC, ์์/์ํฅ ์ฅ์น, ๋ฐ์คํฌํฑ/๋ฉํฑ ์ปดํจํฐ ๋๋ ์ฐจ๋์ฉ ๋ด๋น๊ฒ์ด์ ๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ํ์ฌ๋ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ์ํํ๋ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ค์ ์ ์ฅ๋ ์ ๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ํฅ์ด๋ ์์์ผ๋ก ์ถ๋ ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ์ง์ ๋๊ฐ ๋์์ง๊ณ , ์ด๊ณ ์, ๋์ฉ๋ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ์ด ๋ณดํธํ๋๋ฉด์, ์ต๊ทผ์๋, ์ด๋ํต์ ๋จ๋ง๊ธฐ์ ๊ฐ์ ํ๋์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ค์ํ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ด ํ์ฌ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ํต์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ๋ฟ๋ง ์๋๋ผ, ๊ฒ์๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ ์ํฐํ ์ธ๋จผํธ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ, ์์ /๋์์ ์ฌ์๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ ๋ฉํฐ๋ฏธ๋์ด ๊ธฐ๋ฅ, ๋ชจ๋ฐ์ผ ๋ฑ ํน์ ์ํ ํต์ ๋ฐ ๋ณด์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ ๋๋ ์ผ์ ๊ด๋ฆฌ๋ ์ ์ ์ง๊ฐ๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ ๋ค์ํ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ด ํ๋์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ์ง์ฝ๋๊ณ ์๋ ๊ฒ์ด๋ค. ์ด๋ฌํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ ์ฌ์ฉ์๊ฐ ํธ๋ฆฌํ๊ฒ ํด๋ํ ์ ์๋๋ก ์ํํ๋๊ณ ์๋ค. ์ ์, ํต์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ด ๋ฐ๋ฌํ๋ฉด์, ์ด๋ฌํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ ์ ์ฒด์ ์ฐฉ์ฉํ ์ํ์์๋ ๋ถํธํจ์์ด ์ฌ์ฉํ ์ ์์ ์ ๋๋ก ์ํํ, ๊ฒฝ๋ํ๋๊ณ ์๋ค.Electronic devices refer to devices that perform functions according to installed programs, such as home appliances, electronic notebooks, portable multimedia players, mobile communication terminals, tablet PCs, video/audio devices, desktop/laptop computers, or vehicle navigation devices. can do. For example, these electronic devices can output stored information as sound or video. As the degree of integration of electronic devices increases and high-speed, high-capacity wireless communication becomes more common, recently, various functions can be installed in a single electronic device such as a mobile communication terminal. For example, in addition to communication functions, entertainment functions such as games, multimedia functions such as music/video playback, communication and security functions for mobile banking, or various functions such as schedule management or electronic wallet are integrated into one electronic device. There is. These electronic devices are being miniaturized so that users can conveniently carry them. As electronic and communication technologies develop, these electronic devices are becoming smaller and lighter to the point where they can be used without discomfort even when worn on the body.
์ ์ฒด์ ์ฐฉ์ฉ์ด ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋, ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ์ํฅ ํจ๊ณผ์ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ๋ถํ๋ค์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์คํผ์ปค ๋ฐ ๋ง์ดํฌ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ์จ์ด๋ฌ๋ธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ ์ธ ์ด์ด ์ด์ดํฐ(๋๋ ์ด์ด์ ), ๋ณด์ฒญ๊ธฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด ์ฌ์ฉ์์ ๊ท์ ๊ทผ์ ํ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์ฐฉ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. An electronic device that can be worn on the body may include at least one or more components related to sound effects. For example, a wearable electronic device including a speaker and a microphone may be worn close to the user's ears, such as in-ear earphones (or earsets) or hearing aids.
์จ์ด๋ฌ๋ธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์์, ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ์ ์ํ ์ฅ์น(์: ์ด์ด์ )์ ์ถฉ์ ๋ฐ/๋๋ ๋ณด๊ด์ ์ํด ํฌ๋๋ค๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ ์์ฉ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ณด๊ด๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ฌ์ฉ์๊ฐ ์ด์ด์ ์ ์์ฉ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ณด๊ดํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ์์ฉ ์ฅ์น์ ์์์น ๋ชปํ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์ด ๊ฐํด์ง ๊ฒฝ์ฐ ์ด์ด์ ์ด ์์ฉ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ๋ ์ ์๋ค.In wearable electronic devices, a device for sound output (eg, an earset) may be stored in a receiving device such as a cradle for charging and/or storage. When a user stores the earset in the receiving device, the earset may be separated from the receiving device if an unexpected shock is applied to the receiving device.
๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ถ์์ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์์ฉ ์ฅ์น ๋ด์ ์์ฐฉ๋ ์ํ๋ก ์ ์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the acoustic device may remain seated in the receiving device even after an unexpected impact.
๋ค๋ง, ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์์ ํด๊ฒฐํ๊ณ ์ ํ๋ ๊ณผ์ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ธ๊ธ๋ ๊ณผ์ ์ ํ์ ๋๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์๋๋ฉฐ, ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ์ฌ์ ๋ฐ ์์ญ์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ๋ฒ์ด๋์ง ์๋ ๋ฒ์์์ ๋ค์ํ๊ฒ ํ์ฅ๋ ์ ์์ ๊ฒ์ด๋ค.However, the problem to be solved by the present disclosure is not limited to the above-mentioned problems, and may be expanded in various ways without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure.
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ 1 ๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋ฐ๋์ธ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ํ์ฑ๋๊ณ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์์ฐฉ๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง; ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ฐจํํ๋ ์ฐจํ ์ํ์ ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉํ๋ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ ์ฌ์ด์์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง; ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ๊ณผ ์ธ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ ์๊ธฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ๊ณ ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ;๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋, ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ์ฌ์ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ 1 ์์น์ ์ 2 ์์น ์ฌ์ด์์ ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ; ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋(operatively connected) ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋๊ณ ์๊ธฐ ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ์ฅ์น์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ์ ์ฝ์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ;๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์ 1 ์์น์ผ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์ 2 ์์น์ผ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ ๋ด๋ก ์ฝ์ ๋๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, a first housing is formed on a first surface, a second surface opposite to the first surface, and at least a portion of the first surface, and includes an accommodating space for seating an acoustic device; a second housing connected to the first housing to be operable between a shielded state that shields at least a portion of the accommodating space and an open state that opens the accommodating space; and a fixing structure disposed adjacent to the accommodation space and for fixing the audio device, wherein at least a portion of the fixing structure is disposed between the first surface and the second surface, and is located on the first surface. a lever member configured to be movable between a first position and a second position along at least a portion of the lever member; and a hook member including a connection portion operatively connected to the lever member and a protrusion extending from the connection portion and insertable into a recess formed in at least a portion of the sound output device, wherein the protrusion is , an electronic device configured to be spaced apart from the concave portion when the lever member is in the first position and inserted into the concave portion when the lever member is in the second position.
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ 1 ์ฅ์น๋ก์, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์ฅ์น๋, ์ 1 ๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋ฐ๋์ธ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ค๋ชฉํ๊ฒ ํ์ฑ๋ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง; ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ฐจํํ๋ ์ฐจํ ์ํ์ ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉํ๋ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ ์ฌ์ด์์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง; ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ๊ณผ ์ธ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ;๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋, ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ์ฌ์ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ 1 ์์น์ ์ 2 ์์น ์ฌ์ด์์ ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ; ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋(operatively connected) ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ;๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ๋ฐ ์ธ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ํ์ฐฉ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์ 2 ์ฅ์น;๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์ 1 ์์น์ผ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์ 2 ์์น์ผ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ ๋ด๋ก ์ฝ์ ๋๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, a first device comprising a first surface, a second surface opposite to the first surface, and a receiving space concavely formed in at least a portion of the first surface. housing; a second housing connected to the first housing to be operable between a shielded state that shields at least a portion of the accommodating space and an open state that opens the accommodating space; A fixing structure disposed adjacent to the receiving space, wherein at least a portion of the fixing structure is disposed between the first surface and the second surface, and is located at a first position along at least a portion of the first surface. a lever member configured to be movable between second positions; and a hook member including a connection portion operatively connected to the lever member and a protrusion extending from the connection portion, and comprising a recess on at least a portion of an outer surface for receiving the protrusion; a second device detachably deployable in the receiving space; wherein the protrusion is spaced apart from the recess when the lever member is in the first position and is positioned within the recess when the lever member is in the second position. An electronic device configured to be inserted may be provided.
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ธ๊ด์ ์ ๊ณตํ๋ ํ์ฐ์ง; ์๊ธฐ ํ์ฐ์ง์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ; ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ํ์ฐ์ง ์์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์ธ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ ์์ ๊ณต๊ธ๋ฐ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋จ์;๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ํฌ๋๋ค์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๊ฒฐํฉ๋๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, there is provided a housing that provides an appearance; a concave portion formed in the housing; and a terminal disposed on the housing and configured to receive power from an external source, wherein the concave portion is coupled to a hook member disposed on a cradle for accommodating the audio device.
๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น์ ์์น๋ฅผ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ด์์ ์ ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.Electronic devices according to various embodiments of the present disclosure may include a fixing structure for maintaining the position of the sound device within the cradle.
๋ 1์ ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ, ๋คํธ์ํฌ ํ๊ฒฝ ๋ด์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ธ๋ก๋์ด๋ค.1 is a block diagram of an electronic device in a network environment, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
๋ 2๋, ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ, ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋์ ๋ธ๋ก๋์ด๋ค.2 is a block diagram of an audio module, according to various embodiments.
๋ 3์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ์ผ ๊ตฌํ์๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an implementation example of an electronic device according to various embodiments.
๋ 4๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์์ฉ๋ ํฌ๋๋ค์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๊ฒ์ด๋ค.Figure 4 shows a cradle in which a cradle and an audio device are accommodated according to various embodiments.
๋ 5๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 5 is a diagram showing a cradle and fixing structure according to various embodiments.
๋ 6์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ๋์์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 6 is a view showing a fixing structure according to various embodiments from different angles.
๋ 7์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ๋๋ฅผ ํ๋ํ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 7 is an enlarged view of a fixed configuration according to various embodiments.
๋ 8์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์กฐ๋ฆฝ ๊ณผ์ ์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.8 is a diagram illustrating an assembly process of a lever member according to various embodiments.
๋ 9๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์กฐ๋ฆฝ ๊ณผ์ ์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.9 is a diagram illustrating an assembly process of a hook member according to various embodiments.
๋ 10์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ๋์ ๊ณผ์ ์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an operation process of a fixing structure according to various embodiments.
๋ 11์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ด์ ์ผ๋ก ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 11 is a diagram schematically showing an acoustic device according to various embodiments.
๋ 12๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ์ 1 ์ํ์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ชจ์ต์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a fixing structure and an acoustic device in a first state, according to various embodiments.
๋ 13์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ์ 2 ์ํ์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ชจ์ต์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a fixing structure and an acoustic device in a second state, according to various embodiments.
๋ 14๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 14 is a diagram showing a lever member according to various embodiments.
๋ 15๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๋์์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 15 is a diagram showing the operation of a lever member according to various embodiments.
๋ 16์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 16 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a lever member and a lever shaft according to various embodiments.
๋ 17์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ์คํํธ ๋ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 17 is a diagram showing a shaft and lever member according to another embodiment.
๋ 18์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 18 is a diagram showing a hook member according to various embodiments.
๋ 19๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 19 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a hook member and an elastic member according to various embodiments.
๋ 20์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ํํฌ ์คํํธ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 20 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a hook member and a hook shaft according to various embodiments.
๋ 21์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 21 is a diagram showing a fixing structure disposed in a cradle according to various embodiments.
๋ 22๋ ๋ 21์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ๋จ๋ฉด๋์ด๋ค.Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of the fixing structure of Figure 21.
๋ 23์ ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 23 is a diagram showing a cradle and fixing structure according to another embodiment.
๋ 24๋, ๋ 23์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง์ ๋์์ ํ๋ํ์ฌ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.FIG. 24 is an enlarged view showing the fixing structure of FIG. 23 and the operation of the second housing.
๋ 25๋ ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 25 is a diagram showing a fixing structure according to another embodiment.
๋ 26์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ์ด๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 26 is a diagram showing a plate member and a fixing structure including the same according to various embodiments.
๋ 27์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ํ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 27 is an enlarged view of a plate member and a lever member according to various embodiments.
๋ 28์ ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 28 is a diagram showing a fixing structure according to another embodiment.
๋ 1์ ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ, ๋คํธ์ํฌ ํ๊ฒฝ ๋ด์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ธ๋ก๋์ด๋ค.1 is a block diagram of an electronic device in a network environment, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
๋ 1์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๋คํธ์ํฌ ํ๊ฒฝ(100)์์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋ ์ 1 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(198)(์: ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ)๋ฅผ ํตํ์ฌ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)์ ํต์ ํ๊ฑฐ๋, ๋๋ ์ 2 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(199)(์: ์๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ)๋ฅผ ํตํ์ฌ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(104) ๋๋ ์๋ฒ(108)์ ํต์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋ ์๋ฒ(108)๋ฅผ ํตํ์ฌ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(104)์ ํต์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋ ํ๋ก์ธ์(120), ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(130), ์
๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(150), ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(155), ๋์คํ๋ ์ด ๋ชจ๋(160), ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170), ์ผ์ ๋ชจ๋(176), ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(177), ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋จ์(178), ํ
ํฑ ๋ชจ๋(179), ์นด๋ฉ๋ผ ๋ชจ๋(180), ์ ๋ ฅ ๊ด๋ฆฌ ๋ชจ๋(188), ๋ฐฐํฐ๋ฆฌ(189), ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190), ๊ฐ์
์ ์๋ณ ๋ชจ๋(196), ๋๋ ์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋(197)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ค ์ค์์์์๋, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์๋, ์ด ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋(์: ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋จ์(178))๊ฐ ์๋ต๋๊ฑฐ๋, ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ ์์๊ฐ ์ถ๊ฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ค ์ค์์์์๋, ์ด ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ์ค ์ผ๋ถ๋ค(์: ์ผ์ ๋ชจ๋(176), ์นด๋ฉ๋ผ ๋ชจ๋(180), ๋๋ ์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋(197))์ ํ๋์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์(์: ๋์คํ๋ ์ด ๋ชจ๋(160))๋ก ํตํฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ํ๋ก์ธ์(120)๋, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ํํธ์จ์ด(์: ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ(140))๋ฅผ ์คํํ์ฌ ํ๋ก์ธ์(120)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์(์: ํ๋์จ์ด ๋๋ ์ํํธ์จ์ด ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์)์ ์ ์ดํ ์ ์๊ณ , ๋ค์ํ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ ์ฐ์ฐ์ ์ํํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ฐ์ดํฐ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ ๋๋ ์ฐ์ฐ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก์, ํ๋ก์ธ์(120)๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์(์: ์ผ์ ๋ชจ๋(176) ๋๋ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190))๋ก๋ถํฐ ์์ ๋ ๋ช
๋ น ๋๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋ฅผ ํ๋ฐ์ฑ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(132)์ ์ ์ฅํ๊ณ , ํ๋ฐ์ฑ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(132)์ ์ ์ฅ๋ ๋ช
๋ น ๋๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋ฅผ ์ฒ๋ฆฌํ๊ณ , ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋ฅผ ๋นํ๋ฐ์ฑ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(134)์ ์ ์ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํ๋ก์ธ์(120)๋ ๋ฉ์ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์(121)(์: ์ค์ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ ์ฅ์น ๋๋ ์ดํ๋ฆฌ์ผ์ด์
ํ๋ก์ธ์), ๋๋ ์ด์๋ ๋
๋ฆฝ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ํจ๊ป ์ด์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ๋ณด์กฐ ํ๋ก์ธ์(123)(์: ๊ทธ๋ํฝ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ ์ฅ์น, ์ ๊ฒฝ๋ง ์ฒ๋ฆฌ ์ฅ์น(NPU: neural processing unit), ์ด๋ฏธ์ง ์๊ทธ๋ ํ๋ก์ธ์, ์ผ์ ํ๋ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์, ๋๋ ์ปค๋ฎค๋์ผ์ด์
ํ๋ก์ธ์)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๊ฐ ๋ฉ์ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์(121) ๋ฐ ๋ณด์กฐ ํ๋ก์ธ์(123)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ๋ณด์กฐ ํ๋ก์ธ์(123)๋ ๋ฉ์ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์(121)๋ณด๋ค ์ ์ ๋ ฅ์ ์ฌ์ฉํ๊ฑฐ๋, ๋๋ ์ง์ ๋ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ํนํ๋๋๋ก ์ค์ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ณด์กฐ ํ๋ก์ธ์(123)๋ ๋ฉ์ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์(121)์ ๋ณ๊ฐ๋ก, ๋๋ ๊ทธ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก์ ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. Referring to FIG. 1, in the
๋ณด์กฐ ํ๋ก์ธ์(123)๋, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ๋ฉ์ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์(121)๊ฐ ์ธ์กํฐ๋ธ(์: ์ฌ๋ฆฝ) ์ํ์ ์๋ ๋์ ๋ฉ์ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์(121)๋ฅผ ๋์ ํ์ฌ, ๋๋ ๋ฉ์ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์(121)๊ฐ ์กํฐ๋ธ(์: ์ดํ๋ฆฌ์ผ์ด์
์คํ) ์ํ์ ์๋ ๋์ ๋ฉ์ธ ํ๋ก์ธ์(121)์ ํจ๊ป, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์(์: ๋์คํ๋ ์ด ๋ชจ๋(160), ์ผ์ ๋ชจ๋(176), ๋๋ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190))์ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ ๋๋ ์ํ๋ค์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ ์ดํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ณด์กฐ ํ๋ก์ธ์(123)(์: ์ด๋ฏธ์ง ์๊ทธ๋ ํ๋ก์ธ์ ๋๋ ์ปค๋ฎค๋์ผ์ด์
ํ๋ก์ธ์)๋ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ์ผ๋ก ๊ด๋ จ ์๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ ์์(์: ์นด๋ฉ๋ผ ๋ชจ๋(180) ๋๋ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190))์ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก์ ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ณด์กฐ ํ๋ก์ธ์(123)(์: ์ ๊ฒฝ๋ง ์ฒ๋ฆฌ ์ฅ์น)๋ ์ธ๊ณต์ง๋ฅ ๋ชจ๋ธ์ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ์ ํนํ๋ ํ๋์จ์ด ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ธ๊ณต์ง๋ฅ ๋ชจ๋ธ์ ๊ธฐ๊ณ ํ์ต์ ํตํด ์์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ฌํ ํ์ต์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ธ๊ณต์ง๋ฅ์ด ์ํ๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101) ์์ฒด์์ ์ํ๋ ์ ์๊ณ , ๋ณ๋์ ์๋ฒ(์: ์๋ฒ(108))๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ํ๋ ์๋ ์๋ค. ํ์ต ์๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์ฆ์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ง๋ํ ํ์ต(supervised learning), ๋น์ง๋ํ ํ์ต(unsupervised learning), ์ค์ง๋ํ ํ์ต(semi-supervised learning) ๋๋ ๊ฐํ ํ์ต(reinforcement learning)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์์ผ๋, ์ ์ ํ ์์ ํ์ ๋์ง ์๋๋ค. ์ธ๊ณต์ง๋ฅ ๋ชจ๋ธ์, ๋ณต์์ ์ธ๊ณต ์ ๊ฒฝ๋ง ๋ ์ด์ด๋ค์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ธ๊ณต ์ ๊ฒฝ๋ง์ ์ฌ์ธต ์ ๊ฒฝ๋ง(DNN: deep neural network), CNN(convolutional neural network), RNN(recurrent neural network), RBM(restricted boltzmann machine), DBN(deep belief network), BRDNN(bidirectional recurrent deep neural network), ์ฌ์ธต Q-๋คํธ์ํฌ(deep Q-networks) ๋๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค ๋ ์ด์์ ์กฐํฉ ์ค ํ๋์ผ ์ ์์ผ๋, ์ ์ ํ ์์ ํ์ ๋์ง ์๋๋ค. ์ธ๊ณต์ง๋ฅ ๋ชจ๋ธ์ ํ๋์จ์ด ๊ตฌ์กฐ ์ด์ธ์, ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ๋์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก, ์ํํธ์จ์ด ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. The
๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(130)๋, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์(์: ํ๋ก์ธ์(120) ๋๋ ์ผ์ ๋ชจ๋(176))์ ์ํด ์ฌ์ฉ๋๋ ๋ค์ํ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋ฅผ ์ ์ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ํํธ์จ์ด(์: ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ(140)) ๋ฐ, ์ด์ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ๋ช
๋ น์ ๋ํ ์
๋ ฅ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ ๋๋ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(130)๋, ํ๋ฐ์ฑ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(132) ๋๋ ๋นํ๋ฐ์ฑ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(134)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. The
ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ(140)์ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(130)์ ์ํํธ์จ์ด๋ก์ ์ ์ฅ๋ ์ ์์ผ๋ฉฐ, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ด์ ์ฒด์ (142), ๋ฏธ๋ค ์จ์ด(144) ๋๋ ์ดํ๋ฆฌ์ผ์ด์
(146)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. The
์
๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(150)์, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์(์: ํ๋ก์ธ์(120))์ ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ๋ช
๋ น ๋๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋ฅผ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ธ๋ถ(์: ์ฌ์ฉ์)๋ก๋ถํฐ ์์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์
๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(150)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ๋ง์ดํฌ, ๋ง์ฐ์ค, ํค๋ณด๋, ํค(์: ๋ฒํผ), ๋๋ ๋์งํธ ํ(์: ์คํ์ผ๋ฌ์ค ํ)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. The
์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(155)์ ์ํฅ ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ธ๋ถ๋ก ์ถ๋ ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(155)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์คํผ์ปค ๋๋ ๋ฆฌ์๋ฒ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์คํผ์ปค๋ ๋ฉํฐ๋ฏธ๋์ด ์ฌ์ ๋๋ ๋
น์ ์ฌ์๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ด ์ผ๋ฐ์ ์ธ ์ฉ๋๋ก ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฆฌ์๋ฒ๋ ์ฐฉ์ ์ ํ๋ฅผ ์์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ํด ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ฆฌ์๋ฒ๋ ์คํผ์ปค์ ๋ณ๊ฐ๋ก, ๋๋ ๊ทธ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก์ ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ์๋ค.The
๋์คํ๋ ์ด ๋ชจ๋(160)๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ธ๋ถ(์: ์ฌ์ฉ์)๋ก ์ ๋ณด๋ฅผ ์๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ณตํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋์คํ๋ ์ด ๋ชจ๋(160)๋, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ๋์คํ๋ ์ด, ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ ์ฅ์น, ๋๋ ํ๋ก์ ํฐ ๋ฐ ํด๋น ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ์ ์ดํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ ์ด ํ๋ก๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋์คํ๋ ์ด ๋ชจ๋(160)์ ํฐ์น๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์งํ๋๋ก ์ค์ ๋ ํฐ์น ์ผ์, ๋๋ ์๊ธฐ ํฐ์น์ ์ํด ๋ฐ์๋๋ ํ์ ์ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ธก์ ํ๋๋ก ์ค์ ๋ ์๋ ฅ ์ผ์๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. The
์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170)์ ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ ๊ธฐ ์ ํธ๋ก ๋ณํ์ํค๊ฑฐ๋, ๋ฐ๋๋ก ์ ๊ธฐ ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์๋ฆฌ๋ก ๋ณํ์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170)์, ์
๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(150)์ ํตํด ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ํ๊ฑฐ๋, ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(155), ๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ง์ ๋๋ ๋ฌด์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ธ๋ถ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(์: ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)) (์: ์คํผ์ปค ๋๋ ํค๋ํฐ))๋ฅผ ํตํด ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ถ๋ ฅํ ์ ์๋ค.The
์ผ์ ๋ชจ๋(176)์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์๋ ์ํ(์: ์ ๋ ฅ ๋๋ ์จ๋), ๋๋ ์ธ๋ถ์ ํ๊ฒฝ ์ํ(์: ์ฌ์ฉ์ ์ํ)๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์งํ๊ณ , ๊ฐ์ง๋ ์ํ์ ๋์ํ๋ ์ ๊ธฐ ์ ํธ ๋๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ ๊ฐ์ ์์ฑํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ผ์ ๋ชจ๋(176)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ ์ค์ฒ ์ผ์, ์์ด๋ก ์ผ์, ๊ธฐ์ ์ผ์, ๋ง๊ทธ๋คํฑ ์ผ์, ๊ฐ์๋ ์ผ์, ๊ทธ๋ฆฝ ์ผ์, ๊ทผ์ ์ผ์, ์ปฌ๋ฌ ์ผ์, IR(infrared) ์ผ์, ์์ฒด ์ผ์, ์จ๋ ์ผ์, ์ต๋ ์ผ์, ๋๋ ์กฐ๋ ์ผ์๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. The
์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(177)๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ด ์ธ๋ถ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(์: ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102))์ ์ง์ ๋๋ ๋ฌด์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋๊ธฐ ์ํด ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ์ง์ ๋ ํ๋กํ ์ฝ๋ค์ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(177)๋, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, HDMI(high definition multimedia interface), USB(universal serial bus) ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค, SD์นด๋ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค, ๋๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.The
์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋จ์(178)๋, ๊ทธ๋ฅผ ํตํด์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๊ฐ ์ธ๋ถ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(์: ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102))์ ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ ์ปค๋ฅํฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋จ์(178)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, HDMI ์ปค๋ฅํฐ, USB ์ปค๋ฅํฐ, SD ์นด๋ ์ปค๋ฅํฐ, ๋๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ปค๋ฅํฐ(์: ํค๋ํฐ ์ปค๋ฅํฐ)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.The
ํ
ํฑ ๋ชจ๋(179)์ ์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ฌ์ฉ์๊ฐ ์ด๊ฐ ๋๋ ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์ ํตํด์ ์ธ์งํ ์ ์๋ ๊ธฐ๊ณ์ ์ธ ์๊ทน(์: ์ง๋ ๋๋ ์์ง์) ๋๋ ์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ธ ์๊ทน์ผ๋ก ๋ณํํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํ
ํฑ ๋ชจ๋(179)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ๋ชจํฐ, ์์ ์์, ๋๋ ์ ๊ธฐ ์๊ทน ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.The
์นด๋ฉ๋ผ ๋ชจ๋(180)์ ์ ์ง ์์ ๋ฐ ๋์์์ ์ดฌ์ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์นด๋ฉ๋ผ ๋ชจ๋(180)์ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๋ ์ฆ๋ค, ์ด๋ฏธ์ง ์ผ์๋ค, ์ด๋ฏธ์ง ์๊ทธ๋ ํ๋ก์ธ์๋ค, ๋๋ ํ๋์๋ค์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.The
์ ๋ ฅ ๊ด๋ฆฌ ๋ชจ๋(188)์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๊ณต๊ธ๋๋ ์ ๋ ฅ์ ๊ด๋ฆฌํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ ๋ ฅ ๊ด๋ฆฌ ๋ชจ๋(188)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, PMIC(power management integrated circuit)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก์ ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ์๋ค.The
๋ฐฐํฐ๋ฆฌ(189)๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ ์์์ ์ ๋ ฅ์ ๊ณต๊ธํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ฐฐํฐ๋ฆฌ(189)๋, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ฌ์ถฉ์ ๋ถ๊ฐ๋ฅํ 1์ฐจ ์ ์ง, ์ฌ์ถฉ์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ 2์ฐจ ์ ์ง ๋๋ ์ฐ๋ฃ ์ ์ง๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.The
ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190)์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ธ๋ถ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(์: ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102), ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(104), ๋๋ ์๋ฒ(108))๊ฐ์ ์ง์ (์: ์ ์ ) ํต์ ์ฑ๋ ๋๋ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ์ฑ๋์ ์๋ฆฝ, ๋ฐ ์๋ฆฝ๋ ํต์ ์ฑ๋์ ํตํ ํต์ ์ํ์ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ค. ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190)์ ํ๋ก์ธ์(120)(์: ์ดํ๋ฆฌ์ผ์ด์
ํ๋ก์ธ์)์ ๋
๋ฆฝ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ด์๋๊ณ , ์ง์ (์: ์ ์ ) ํต์ ๋๋ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ์ ์ง์ํ๋ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ์ปค๋ฎค๋์ผ์ด์
ํ๋ก์ธ์๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190)์ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)(์: ์
๋ฃฐ๋ฌ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋, ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋, ๋๋ GNSS(global navigation satellite system) ํต์ ๋ชจ๋) ๋๋ ์ ์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(194)(์: LAN(local area network) ํต์ ๋ชจ๋, ๋๋ ์ ๋ ฅ์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ค ํต์ ๋ชจ๋ ์ค ํด๋นํ๋ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋์ ์ 1 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(198)(์: ๋ธ๋ฃจํฌ์ค, WiFi(wireless fidelity) direct ๋๋ IrDA(infrared data association)์ ๊ฐ์ ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ) ๋๋ ์ 2 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(199)(์: ๋ ๊ฑฐ์ ์
๋ฃฐ๋ฌ ๋คํธ์ํฌ, 5G ๋คํธ์ํฌ, ์ฐจ์ธ๋ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ, ์ธํฐ๋ท, ๋๋ ์ปดํจํฐ ๋คํธ์ํฌ(์: LAN ๋๋ WAN)์ ๊ฐ์ ์๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ)๋ฅผ ํตํ์ฌ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ํต์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ์ฌ๋ฌ ์ข
๋ฅ์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋๋ค์ ํ๋์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ ์์(์: ๋จ์ผ ์นฉ)์ผ๋ก ํตํฉ๋๊ฑฐ๋, ๋๋ ์๋ก ๋ณ๋์ ๋ณต์์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ ์์๋ค(์: ๋ณต์ ์นฉ๋ค)๋ก ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)์ ๊ฐ์
์ ์๋ณ ๋ชจ๋(196)์ ์ ์ฅ๋ ๊ฐ์
์ ์ ๋ณด(์: ๊ตญ์ ๋ชจ๋ฐ์ผ ๊ฐ์
์ ์๋ณ์(IMSI))๋ฅผ ์ด์ฉํ์ฌ ์ 1 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(198) ๋๋ ์ 2 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(199)์ ๊ฐ์ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ ๋ด์์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋ฅผ ํ์ธ ๋๋ ์ธ์ฆํ ์ ์๋ค. The
๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)์ 4G ๋คํธ์ํฌ ์ดํ์ 5G ๋คํธ์ํฌ ๋ฐ ์ฐจ์ธ๋ ํต์ ๊ธฐ์ , ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, NR ์ ์ ๊ธฐ์ (new radio access technology)์ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ค. NR ์ ์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ ๊ณ ์ฉ๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ์ ๊ณ ์ ์ ์ก(eMBB(enhanced mobile broadband)), ๋จ๋ง ์ ๋ ฅ ์ต์ํ์ ๋ค์ ๋จ๋ง์ ์ ์(mMTC(massive machine type communications)), ๋๋ ๊ณ ์ ๋ขฐ๋์ ์ ์ง์ฐ(URLLC(ultra-reliable and low-latency communications))์ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋์ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ ์ ์ก๋ฅ ๋ฌ์ฑ์ ์ํด, ๊ณ ์ฃผํ ๋์ญ(์: mmWave ๋์ญ)์ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)์ ๊ณ ์ฃผํ ๋์ญ์์์ ์ฑ๋ฅ ํ๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ํ ๋ค์ํ ๊ธฐ์ ๋ค, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋นํฌ๋ฐ(beamforming), ๊ฑฐ๋ ๋ฐฐ์ด ๋ค์ค ์
์ถ๋ ฅ(massive MIMO(multiple-input and multiple-output)), ์ ์ฐจ์ ๋ค์ค์
์ถ๋ ฅ(FD-MIMO: full dimensional MIMO), ์ด๋ ์ด ์ํ
๋(array antenna), ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ๋นํ์ฑ(analog beam-forming), ๋๋ ๋๊ท๋ชจ ์ํ
๋(large scale antenna)์ ๊ฐ์ ๊ธฐ์ ๋ค์ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101), ์ธ๋ถ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(์: ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(104)) ๋๋ ๋คํธ์ํฌ ์์คํ
(์: ์ 2 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(199))์ ๊ท์ ๋๋ ๋ค์ํ ์๊ตฌ์ฌํญ์ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)์ eMBB ์คํ์ ์ํ Peak data rate(์: 20Gbps ์ด์), mMTC ์คํ์ ์ํ ์์ค Coverage(์: 164dB ์ดํ), ๋๋ URLLC ์คํ์ ์ํ U-plane latency(์: ๋ค์ด๋งํฌ(DL) ๋ฐ ์
๋งํฌ(UL) ๊ฐ๊ฐ 0.5ms ์ดํ, ๋๋ ๋ผ์ด๋ ํธ๋ฆฝ 1ms ์ดํ)๋ฅผ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ค.The
์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋(197)์ ์ ํธ ๋๋ ์ ๋ ฅ์ ์ธ๋ถ(์: ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น)๋ก ์ก์ ํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ธ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋์ ์๋ธ์คํธ๋ ์ดํธ(์: PCB) ์์ ํ์ฑ๋ ๋์ ์ฒด ๋๋ ๋์ ์ฑ ํจํด์ผ๋ก ์ด๋ฃจ์ด์ง ๋ฐฉ์ฌ์ฒด๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ํ
๋๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋(197)์ ๋ณต์์ ์ํ
๋๋ค(์: ์ด๋ ์ด ์ํ
๋)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ์ 1 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(198) ๋๋ ์ 2 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(199)์ ๊ฐ์ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ์์ ์ฌ์ฉ๋๋ ํต์ ๋ฐฉ์์ ์ ํฉํ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ์ํ
๋๊ฐ, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190)์ ์ํ์ฌ ์๊ธฐ ๋ณต์์ ์ํ
๋๋ค๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ ํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ ํธ ๋๋ ์ ๋ ฅ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ ํ๋ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ์ํ
๋๋ฅผ ํตํ์ฌ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(190)๊ณผ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น ๊ฐ์ ์ก์ ๋๊ฑฐ๋ ์์ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ค ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ฐฉ์ฌ์ฒด ์ด์ธ์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋ถํ(์: RFIC(radio frequency integrated circuit))์ด ์ถ๊ฐ๋ก ์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋(197)์ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค.The
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋(197)์ mmWave ์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋์ ํ์ฑํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, mmWave ์ํ
๋ ๋ชจ๋์ ์ธ์ ํ๋ก ๊ธฐํ, ์๊ธฐ ์ธ์ ํ๋ก ๊ธฐํ์ ์ 1 ๋ฉด(์: ์๋ ๋ฉด)์ ๋๋ ๊ทธ์ ์ธ์ ํ์ฌ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ ์ง์ ๋ ๊ณ ์ฃผํ ๋์ญ(์: mmWave ๋์ญ)์ ์ง์ํ ์ ์๋ RFIC, ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ธ์ ํ๋ก ๊ธฐํ์ ์ 2 ๋ฉด(์: ์ ๋ฉด ๋๋ ์ธก ๋ฉด)์ ๋๋ ๊ทธ์ ์ธ์ ํ์ฌ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ ์๊ธฐ ์ง์ ๋ ๊ณ ์ฃผํ ๋์ญ์ ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ก์ ๋๋ ์์ ํ ์ ์๋ ๋ณต์์ ์ํ
๋๋ค(์: ์ด๋ ์ด ์ํ
๋)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
์๊ธฐ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์ฃผ๋ณ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋ค๊ฐ ํต์ ๋ฐฉ์(์: ๋ฒ์ค, GPIO(general purpose input and output), SPI(serial peripheral interface), ๋๋ MIPI(mobile industry processor interface))๋ฅผ ํตํด ์๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋๊ณ ์ ํธ(์: ๋ช ๋ น ๋๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ)๋ฅผ ์ํธ๊ฐ์ ๊ตํํ ์ ์๋ค.At least some of the components are connected to each other through a communication method between peripheral devices (e.g., bus, general purpose input and output (GPIO), serial peripheral interface (SPI), or mobile industry processor interface (MIPI)) and signal ( (e.g. commands or data) can be exchanged with each other.
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ช
๋ น ๋๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋ ์ 2 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(199)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์๋ฒ(108)๋ฅผ ํตํด์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(104)๊ฐ์ ์ก์ ๋๋ ์์ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102, ๋๋ 104) ๊ฐ๊ฐ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๋์ผํ ๋๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ข
๋ฅ์ ์ฅ์น์ผ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์์ ์คํ๋๋ ๋์๋ค์ ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ค(102, 104 ๋๋ 108) ์ค ํ๋ ์ด์์ ์ธ๋ถ ์ฅ์น๋ค์์ ์คํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๊ฐ ์ด๋ค ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ด๋ ์๋น์ค๋ฅผ ์๋์ผ๋ก, ๋๋ ์ฌ์ฉ์ ๋๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ฅ์น๋ก๋ถํฐ์ ์์ฒญ์ ๋ฐ์ํ์ฌ ์ํํด์ผ ํ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ์, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ ๋๋ ์๋น์ค๋ฅผ ์์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก ์คํ์ํค๋ ๋์ ์ ๋๋ ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก, ํ๋ ์ด์์ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ค์๊ฒ ๊ทธ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ ๋๋ ๊ทธ ์๋น์ค์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ํํ๋ผ๊ณ ์์ฒญํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๊ธฐ ์์ฒญ์ ์์ ํ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ค์ ์์ฒญ๋ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ ๋๋ ์๋น์ค์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ, ๋๋ ์๊ธฐ ์์ฒญ๊ณผ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ์ถ๊ฐ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ ๋๋ ์๋น์ค๋ฅผ ์คํํ๊ณ , ๊ทธ ์คํ์ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋ก ์ ๋ฌํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋ ์๊ธฐ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ, ๊ทธ๋๋ก ๋๋ ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฒ๋ฆฌํ์ฌ, ์๊ธฐ ์์ฒญ์ ๋ํ ์๋ต์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก์ ์ ๊ณตํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ฅผ ์ํ์ฌ, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ํด๋ผ์ฐ๋ ์ปดํจํ
, ๋ถ์ฐ ์ปดํจํ
, ๋ชจ๋ฐ์ผ ์์ง ์ปดํจํ
(MEC: mobile edge computing), ๋๋ ํด๋ผ์ด์ธํธ-์๋ฒ ์ปดํจํ
๊ธฐ์ ์ด ์ด์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ถ์ฐ ์ปดํจํ
๋๋ ๋ชจ๋ฐ์ผ ์์ง ์ปดํจํ
์ ์ด์ฉํ์ฌ ์ด์ ์ง์ฐ ์๋น์ค๋ฅผ ์ ๊ณตํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ์์ด์, ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(104)๋ IoT(internet of things) ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฒ(108)๋ ๊ธฐ๊ณ ํ์ต ๋ฐ/๋๋ ์ ๊ฒฝ๋ง์ ์ด์ฉํ ์ง๋ฅํ ์๋ฒ์ผ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(104) ๋๋ ์๋ฒ(108)๋ ์ 2 ๋คํธ์ํฌ(199) ๋ด์ ํฌํจ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)๋ 5G ํต์ ๊ธฐ์ ๋ฐ IoT ๊ด๋ จ ๊ธฐ์ ์ ๊ธฐ๋ฐ์ผ๋ก ์ง๋ฅํ ์๋น์ค(์: ์ค๋งํธ ํ, ์ค๋งํธ ์ํฐ, ์ค๋งํธ ์นด, ๋๋ ํฌ์ค ์ผ์ด)์ ์ ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to one embodiment, commands or data may be transmitted or received between the electronic device 101 and the external
๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์ ๊ฐ์๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ ๋ค์ํ ํํ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ํด๋์ฉ ํต์ ์ฅ์น(์: ์ค๋งํธํฐ), ์ปดํจํฐ ์ฅ์น, ํด๋์ฉ ๋ฉํฐ๋ฏธ๋์ด ์ฅ์น, ํด๋์ฉ ์๋ฃ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ, ์นด๋ฉ๋ผ, ์จ์ด๋ฌ๋ธ ์ฅ์น, ๋๋ ๊ฐ์ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ ์ ์ ํ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋ค์ ํ์ ๋์ง ์๋๋ค.Electronic devices according to various embodiments disclosed in this document may be of various types. Electronic devices may include, for example, portable communication devices (e.g., smartphones), computer devices, portable multimedia devices, portable medical devices, cameras, wearable devices, or home appliances. Electronic devices according to embodiments of this document are not limited to the above-described devices.
๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค ๋ฐ ์ด์ ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ์ฉ์ด๋ค์ ๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์ ๊ธฐ์ฌ๋ ๊ธฐ์ ์ ํน์ง๋ค์ ํน์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค๋ก ํ์ ํ๋ ค๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์๋๋ฉฐ, ํด๋น ์ค์์์ ๋ค์ํ ๋ณ๊ฒฝ, ๊ท ๋ฑ๋ฌผ, ๋๋ ๋์ฒด๋ฌผ์ ํฌํจํ๋ ๊ฒ์ผ๋ก ์ดํด๋์ด์ผ ํ๋ค. ๋๋ฉด์ ์ค๋ช ๊ณผ ๊ด๋ จํ์ฌ, ์ ์ฌํ ๋๋ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์์ ๋ํด์๋ ์ ์ฌํ ์ฐธ์กฐ ๋ถํธ๊ฐ ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์์ดํ ์ ๋์ํ๋ ๋ช ์ฌ์ ๋จ์ ํ์ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ๋ฌธ๋งฅ์ ๋ช ๋ฐฑํ๊ฒ ๋ค๋ฅด๊ฒ ์ง์ํ์ง ์๋ ํ, ์๊ธฐ ์์ดํ ํ ๊ฐ ๋๋ ๋ณต์ ๊ฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์์, "A ๋๋ B", "A ๋ฐ B ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋", "A ๋๋ B ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋", "A, B ๋๋ C", "A, B ๋ฐ C ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋", ๋ฐ "A, B, ๋๋ C ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋"์ ๊ฐ์ ๋ฌธ๊ตฌ๋ค ๊ฐ๊ฐ์ ๊ทธ ๋ฌธ๊ตฌ๋ค ์ค ํด๋นํ๋ ๋ฌธ๊ตฌ์ ํจ๊ป ๋์ด๋ ํญ๋ชฉ๋ค ์ค ์ด๋ ํ๋, ๋๋ ๊ทธ๋ค์ ๋ชจ๋ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์กฐํฉ์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. "์ 1", "์ 2", ๋๋ "์ฒซ์งธ" ๋๋ "๋์งธ"์ ๊ฐ์ ์ฉ์ด๋ค์ ๋จ์ํ ํด๋น ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฅธ ํด๋น ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์์ ๊ตฌ๋ถํ๊ธฐ ์ํด ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ์ ์์ผ๋ฉฐ, ํด๋น ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ธก๋ฉด(์: ์ค์์ฑ ๋๋ ์์)์์ ํ์ ํ์ง ์๋๋ค. ์ด๋ค(์: ์ 1) ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๊ฐ ๋ค๋ฅธ(์: ์ 2) ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์์, "๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ์ผ๋ก" ๋๋ "ํต์ ์ ์ผ๋ก"๋ผ๋ ์ฉ์ด์ ํจ๊ป ๋๋ ์ด๋ฐ ์ฉ์ด ์์ด, "์ปคํ๋" ๋๋ "์ปค๋ฅํฐ๋"๋ผ๊ณ ์ธ๊ธ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ๊ทธ๊ฒ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ด๋ค ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์์ ์ง์ ์ ์ผ๋ก(์: ์ ์ ์ผ๋ก), ๋ฌด์ ์ผ๋ก, ๋๋ ์ 3 ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ฅผ ํตํ์ฌ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋ฏธํ๋ค.The various embodiments of this document and the terms used herein are not intended to limit the technical features described in this document to specific embodiments, and should be understood to include various changes, equivalents, or replacements of the embodiments. In connection with the description of the drawings, similar reference numbers may be used for similar or related components. The singular form of a noun corresponding to an item may include one or more of the above items, unless the relevant context clearly indicates otherwise. As used herein, โA or Bโ, โat least one of A and Bโ, โat least one of A or Bโ, โA, B or Cโ, โat least one of A, B and Cโ, and โA Each of phrases such as โat least one of , B, or Cโ may include any one of the items listed together in the corresponding phrase, or any possible combination thereof. Terms such as "first", "second", or "first" or "second" may be used simply to distinguish one component from another, and to refer to that component in other respects (e.g., importance or order) is not limited. One (e.g., first) component is said to be โcoupledโ or โconnectedโ to another (e.g., second) component, with or without the terms โfunctionallyโ or โcommunicatively.โ When mentioned, it means that any of the components can be connected to the other components directly (e.g. wired), wirelessly, or through a third component.
๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์ ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ์ฉ์ด "๋ชจ๋"์ ํ๋์จ์ด, ์ํํธ์จ์ด ๋๋ ํ์จ์ด๋ก ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ๋์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์์ผ๋ฉฐ, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ๋ก์ง, ๋ ผ๋ฆฌ ๋ธ๋ก, ๋ถํ, ๋๋ ํ๋ก์ ๊ฐ์ ์ฉ์ด์ ์ํธ ํธํ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฌ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ชจ๋์, ์ผ์ฒด๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ๋ถํ ๋๋ ํ๋ ๋๋ ๊ทธ ์ด์์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ์ํํ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๋ถํ์ ์ต์ ๋จ์ ๋๋ ๊ทธ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ชจ๋์ ASIC(application-specific integrated circuit)์ ํํ๋ก ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ์๋ค.The term โmoduleโ used in various embodiments of this document may include a unit implemented in hardware, software, or firmware, and is interchangeable with terms such as logic, logic block, component, or circuit, for example. It can be used as A module may be an integrated part or a minimum unit of the parts or a part thereof that performs one or more functions. For example, according to one embodiment, the module may be implemented in the form of an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(machine)(์: ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)) ์ํด ์ฝ์ ์ ์๋ ์ ์ฅ ๋งค์ฒด(storage medium)(์: ๋ด์ฅ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(136) ๋๋ ์ธ์ฅ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(138))์ ์ ์ฅ๋ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๋ช
๋ น์ด๋ค์ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ํํธ์จ์ด(์: ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ(140))๋ก์ ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(์: ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101))์ ํ๋ก์ธ์(์: ํ๋ก์ธ์(120))๋, ์ ์ฅ ๋งค์ฒด๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ ์ฅ๋ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๋ช
๋ น์ด๋ค ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๋ช
๋ น์ ํธ์ถํ๊ณ , ๊ทธ๊ฒ์ ์คํํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๊ฒ์ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ํธ์ถ๋ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๋ช
๋ น์ด์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ์ํํ๋๋ก ์ด์๋๋ ๊ฒ์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๊ฒ ํ๋ค. ์๊ธฐ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๋ช
๋ น์ด๋ค์ ์ปดํ์ผ๋ฌ์ ์ํด ์์ฑ๋ ์ฝ๋ ๋๋ ์ธํฐํ๋ฆฌํฐ์ ์ํด ์คํ๋ ์ ์๋ ์ฝ๋๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋ก ์ฝ์ ์ ์๋ ์ ์ฅ ๋งค์ฒด๋, ๋น์ผ์์ (non-transitory) ์ ์ฅ ๋งค์ฒด์ ํํ๋ก ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ฌ๊ธฐ์, โ๋น์ผ์์ โ์ ์ ์ฅ ๋งค์ฒด๊ฐ ์ค์ฌ(tangible)ํ๋ ์ฅ์น์ด๊ณ , ์ ํธ(signal)(์: ์ ์๊ธฐํ)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ์ง ์๋๋ค๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋ฏธํ ๋ฟ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ด ์ฉ์ด๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๊ฐ ์ ์ฅ ๋งค์ฒด์ ๋ฐ์๊ตฌ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ ์ฅ๋๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ์ ์์์ ์ผ๋ก ์ ์ฅ๋๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋ถํ์ง ์๋๋ค.Various embodiments of the present document are one or more instructions stored in a storage medium (e.g., built-in
์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์ ๊ฐ์๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ์ ์ปดํจํฐ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ ์ ํ(computer program product)์ ํฌํจ๋์ด ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ปดํจํฐ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ ์ ํ์ ์ํ์ผ๋ก์ ํ๋งค์ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ๋งค์ ๊ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ปดํจํฐ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ ์ ํ์ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋ก ์ฝ์ ์ ์๋ ์ ์ฅ ๋งค์ฒด(์: compact disc read only memory(CD-ROM))์ ํํ๋ก ๋ฐฐํฌ๋๊ฑฐ๋, ๋๋ ์ดํ๋ฆฌ์ผ์ด์ ์คํ ์ด(์: ํ๋ ์ด ์คํ ์ดTM)๋ฅผ ํตํด ๋๋ ๋ ๊ฐ์ ์ฌ์ฉ์ ์ฅ์น๋ค(์: ์ค๋งํธ ํฐ๋ค) ๊ฐ์ ์ง์ , ์จ๋ผ์ธ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐฐํฌ(์: ๋ค์ด๋ก๋ ๋๋ ์ ๋ก๋)๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์จ๋ผ์ธ ๋ฐฐํฌ์ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ์, ์ปดํจํฐ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ ์ ํ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์ ์กฐ์ฌ์ ์๋ฒ, ์ดํ๋ฆฌ์ผ์ด์ ์คํ ์ด์ ์๋ฒ, ๋๋ ์ค๊ณ ์๋ฒ์ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ์ ๊ฐ์ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋ก ์ฝ์ ์ ์๋ ์ ์ฅ ๋งค์ฒด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ์ ์ ์ฅ๋๊ฑฐ๋, ์์์ ์ผ๋ก ์์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, methods according to various embodiments disclosed in this document may be included and provided in a computer program product. Computer program products are commodities and can be traded between sellers and buyers. The computer program product may be distributed in the form of a machine-readable storage medium (e.g. compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM)) or through an application store (e.g. Play StoreTM) or on two user devices (e.g. It can be distributed (e.g. downloaded or uploaded) directly between smart phones) or online. In the case of online distribution, at least a portion of the computer program product may be at least temporarily stored or temporarily created in a machine-readable storage medium, such as the memory of a manufacturer's server, an application store's server, or a relay server.
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ ํ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค์ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์(์: ๋ชจ๋ ๋๋ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ)๋ ๋จ์ ๋๋ ๋ณต์์ ๊ฐ์ฒด๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์์ผ๋ฉฐ, ๋ณต์์ ๊ฐ์ฒด ์ค ์ผ๋ถ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์์ ๋ถ๋ฆฌ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์๋ ์๋ค. ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ ์ ํ ํด๋น ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ์ค ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ๋๋ ๋์๋ค์ด ์๋ต๋๊ฑฐ๋, ๋๋ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ๋๋ ๋์๋ค์ด ์ถ๊ฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก, ๋ณต์์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค(์: ๋ชจ๋ ๋๋ ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ)์ ํ๋์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ก ํตํฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ํตํฉ๋ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ ์๊ธฐ ๋ณต์์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ๊ฐ๊ฐ์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์์ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ๋ค์ ์๊ธฐ ํตํฉ ์ด์ ์ ์๊ธฐ ๋ณต์์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์๋ค ์ค ํด๋น ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์์ ์ํด ์ํ๋๋ ๊ฒ๊ณผ ๋์ผ ๋๋ ์ ์ฌํ๊ฒ ์ํํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ชจ๋, ํ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ ๋๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์์์ ์ํด ์ํ๋๋ ๋์๋ค์ ์์ฐจ์ ์ผ๋ก, ๋ณ๋ ฌ์ ์ผ๋ก, ๋ฐ๋ณต์ ์ผ๋ก, ๋๋ ํด๋ฆฌ์คํฑํ๊ฒ ์คํ๋๊ฑฐ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๋์๋ค ์ค ํ๋ ์ด์์ด ๋ค๋ฅธ ์์๋ก ์คํ๋๊ฑฐ๋, ์๋ต๋๊ฑฐ๋, ๋๋ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋์๋ค์ด ์ถ๊ฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, each component (e.g., module or program) of the above-described components may include a single or plural entity, and some of the plurality of entities may be separately placed in other components. there is. According to various embodiments, one or more of the components or operations described above may be omitted, or one or more other components or operations may be added. Alternatively or additionally, multiple components (eg, modules or programs) may be integrated into a single component. In this case, the integrated component may perform one or more functions of each component of the plurality of components in the same or similar manner as those performed by the corresponding component of the plurality of components prior to the integration. . According to various embodiments, operations performed by a module, program, or other component may be executed sequentially, in parallel, iteratively, or heuristically, or one or more of the operations may be executed in a different order, or omitted. Alternatively, one or more other operations may be added.
๋ 2๋, ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ, ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170)์ ๋ธ๋ก๋(200)์ด๋ค. ๋ 2๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210), ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(220), ADC(analog to digital converter)(230), ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ(240), DAC(digital to analog converter)(250), ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(260), ๋๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(270)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. Figure 2 is a block diagram 200 of the
์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)๋ ์
๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(150)์ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก์ ๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๋ณ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ๋ง์ดํฌ(์: ๋ค์ด๋๋ฏน ๋ง์ดํฌ, ์ฝ๋ด์ ๋ง์ดํฌ, ๋๋ ํผ์์กฐ ๋ง์ดํฌ)๋ฅผ ํตํ์ฌ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ธ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ํ๋ํ ์๋ฆฌ์ ๋์ํ๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๊ฐ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)(์: ํค๋์
๋๋ ๋ง์ดํฌ)๋ก๋ถํฐ ํ๋๋๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋จ์(178)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ง์ , ๋๋ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)์ ํตํ์ฌ ๋ฌด์ ์ผ๋ก(์: Bluetooth ํต์ ) ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋์ด ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)๋ก๋ถํฐ ํ๋๋๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ์ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ์ ์ด ์ ํธ(์: ์
๋ ฅ ๋ฒํผ์ ํตํด ์์ ๋ ๋ณผ๋ฅจ ์กฐ์ ์ ํธ)๋ฅผ ์์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)๋ ๋ณต์์ ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ฑ๋๋ค์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ณต์์ ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ฑ๋๋ค ์ค ๋์ํ๋ ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ฑ๋ ๋ณ๋ก ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ๋์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก, ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ ์์(์: ํ๋ก์ธ์(120) ๋๋ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(130))๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์
๋ ฅ ๋ฐ์ ์ ์๋ค.The
์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(220)๋ ์
๋ ฅ๋ ๋ณต์์ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ค์ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ก ํฉ์ฑํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(220)๋, ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์
๋ ฅ๋ ๋ณต์์ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ค์ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ก ํฉ์ฑํ ์ ์๋ค.The
ADC(230)๋ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ก ๋ณํํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ADC(230)๋ ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)์ ํตํด ์์ ๋ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ, ๋๋ ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ๋์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(220)๋ฅผ ํตํด ํฉ์ฑ๋ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ก ๋ณํํ ์ ์๋ค.The
์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ(240)๋ ADC(230)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์
๋ ฅ๋ฐ์ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ, ๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ ์์๋ก๋ถํฐ ์์ ๋ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ์ ๋ํ์ฌ ๋ค์ํ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ํํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ(240)๋ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ค์ ๋ํด ์ํ๋ง ๋น์จ ๋ณ๊ฒฝ, ํ๋ ์ด์์ ํํฐ ์ ์ฉ, ๋ณด๊ฐ(interpolation) ์ฒ๋ฆฌ, ์ ์ฒด ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ ์ฃผํ์ ๋์ญ์ ์ฆํญ ๋๋ ๊ฐ์, ๋
ธ์ด์ฆ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ(์: ๋
ธ์ด์ฆ ๋๋ ์์ฝ ๊ฐ์), ์ฑ๋ ๋ณ๊ฒฝ(์: ๋ชจ๋
ธ ๋ฐ ์คํ
๋ ์ค๊ฐ ์ ํ), ํฉ์ฑ(mixing), ๋๋ ์ง์ ๋ ์ ํธ ์ถ์ถ์ ์ํํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ(240)์ ํ๋ ์ด์์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ๋ค์ ์ดํ๋ผ์ด์ (equalizer)์ ํํ๋ก ๊ตฌํ๋ ์ ์๋ค.The
DAC(250)๋ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ก ๋ณํํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, DAC(250)๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ(240)์ ์ํด ์ฒ๋ฆฌ๋ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ, ๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ ์์(์: ํ๋ก์ธ์(120) ๋๋ ๋ฉ๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(130))๋ก๋ถํฐ ํ๋ํ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ก ๋ณํํ ์ ์๋ค.The
์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(260)๋ ์ถ๋ ฅํ ๋ณต์์ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ค์ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ก ํฉ์ฑํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(260)๋ DAC(250)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ๋ก ์ ํ๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ ๋ฐ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ(์: ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)์ ํตํด ์์ ํ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ)๋ฅผ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ก ํฉ์ฑํ ์ ์๋ค. The
์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(270)๋ DAC(250)๋ฅผ ํตํด ๋ณํ๋ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ, ๋๋ ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ๋์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(260)์ ์ํด ํฉ์ฑ๋ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(155) ๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ์ธ๋ถ๋ก ์ถ๋ ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(155)์, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, dynamic driver ๋๋ balanced armature driver ๊ฐ์ ์คํผ์ปค, ๋๋ ๋ฆฌ์๋ฒ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(155)์ ๋ณต์์ ์คํผ์ปค๋ค์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ฐ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(270)๋ ์๊ธฐ ๋ณต์์ ์คํผ์ปค๋ค ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ ์คํผ์ปค๋ค์ ํตํ์ฌ ์๋ก ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋ณต์์ ์ฑ๋๋ค(์: ์คํ
๋ ์ค, ๋๋ 5.1์ฑ๋)์ ๊ฐ๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ถ๋ ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(270)๋ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)(์: ์ธ๋ถ ์คํผ์ปค ๋๋ ํค๋์
)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋จ์(178)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ง์ , ๋๋ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192)์ ํตํ์ฌ ๋ฌด์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋์ด ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ถ๋ ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. The
์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170)์ ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(220) ๋๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ฏน์(260)๋ฅผ ๋ณ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ๋นํ์ง ์๊ณ , ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ ์ฒ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ(240)์ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ์ด์ฉํ์ฌ ๋ณต์์ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ค์ ํฉ์ฑํ์ฌ ์ ์ด๋ ํ๋์ ๋์งํธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์์ฑํ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the
์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170)์ ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(210)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์
๋ ฅ๋ ์๋ ๋ก๊ทธ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ, ๋๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(270)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ถ๋ ฅ๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ฆํญํ ์ ์๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ฆํญ๊ธฐ(๋ฏธ๋์)(์: ์คํผ์ปค ์ฆํญ ํ๋ก)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋์ค ์ฆํญ๊ธฐ๋ ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170)๊ณผ ๋ณ๋์ ๋ชจ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the
๋ 3์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ์ผ ๊ตฌํ์๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an implementation example of an electronic device according to various embodiments.
๋ 3์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(300)๋ ํฌ๋๋ค(310) ๋ฐ ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์ ์์ฉ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ํฌ๋๋ค(310) ๋ฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋, ์์ ํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(์: ๋ 1์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101) ๋ฐ/๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102))์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIG. 3 , the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๊ฑฐ๋, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ฅผ ์ถฉ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ์ด์ ๋ฐ ์ดํ์์, 'ํฌ๋๋ค'์ด๋ผ๋ ์ฉ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฌ์ฉํ ๊ฒ์ด๋, ์ด๋ ์ค๋ช
์ ํธ์๋ฅผ ์ํจ์ผ ๋ฟ์ด๋ฉฐ ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ์ฌ์์ด ์ด๋ฌํ ์ฉ์ด์ ๊ตญํ๋์ด ํด์๋์ด์๋ ์๋ ๊ฒ์ด๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์ ์ด๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋ ๋ซํ ์ ์๊ณ , ์ฌ์ฉ์๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ฅผ ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ๋ณ๋์ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(332) ๋ด์ ๋ณด๊ดํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ 1 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400b)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400b)๋ ์ฌ์ฉ์์ ์์ชฝ ๊ท์ ์ฐฉ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(332)์, ์ 1 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400a)์ ์ 2 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400b)๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์์ฉํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ 1 ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(332a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(332b)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์, ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320) ๋ฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320) ์๋ถ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋์ด ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ฐจํํ ์ ์๋ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(340)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(340)์ ์ํด ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320)์ด ์ฐจํ๋๋ฉด, ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์ ์์ฉ๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ์ดํ์ด ๋ฐฉ์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋์ด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ์ ์์ ๊ณต๊ธํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ก์ ๋๋ ์์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. The
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320) ๋ฐ/๋๋ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(340) ๋ด๋ถ์๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ ์ ๋ถํ๋ค์ด ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด, ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320) ๋ฐ/๋๋ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(340) ๋ด๋ถ์๋ ์ํฅ ๋ถํ๋ค(์: ๋ 2์ ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170)) ๋ฐ ์ ์ ๋ถํ๋ค(์: ๋ 1์ ํ๋ก์ธ์(120), ์ ๋ ฅ ๊ด๋ฆฌ ๋ชจ๋(188), ๋ฐฐํฐ๋ฆฌ(189), ๋๋ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋ชจ๋(192))์ด ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 3์ ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์ ๋ 1์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(101)์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ๊ณผ ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ค์ง์ ์ผ๋ก ๋์ผํ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, various electronic components may be disposed inside the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์จ์ด๋ฌ๋ธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ ์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ถ, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฉด ๊ท ๋๋ ๋จธ๋ฆฌ์ ์ฐฉ์ฉ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ธ์ด์ด ์ด์ด์
(in-ear earset), ์ธ์ด์ด ํค๋์
(in-ear headset))๋๋ ๋ณด์ฒญ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ๋น๋์นญ ํ์์ ๊ฐ์ง ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๊ฐ ๋น๋์นญ ํ์์ ๊ฐ๋๋ก ํ์ฑ๋จ์ผ๋ก์จ, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ธ์ฒด ๊ณตํ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ค๊ณ๋๊ณ , ์ฌ์ฉ์์ ์ฌ์ฉ ํธ์์ฑ์ด ์ฆ๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๊ฐ ๋น๋์นญ ํ์์ ๊ฐ๋๋ก ํ์ฑ๋จ์ผ๋ก์จ, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400) ๋ด๋ถ์ ์ํฅ ๋ถํ(์: ๋ 2์ ์ค๋์ค ๋ชจ๋(170))๋ค๊ณผ ์ ์ ๋ถํ(์: ๋ 1์ ํ๋ก์ธ์(120))๋ค์ ์ํฅ ์ฑ๋ฅ์ด ํฅ์๋๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(์: ๋ 1์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102))์ ์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)์์ ์์ ๋ ์ํฅ ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์ธ๋ถ๋ก ์ถ๋ ฅํ๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ถ๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(๋๋ ์: ๋ 1์ ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(155))๋ก ๊ธฐ๋ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
์ด์ ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋๋ ๋์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก, ๋ณธ ๋ฌธ์์ ๊ฐ์๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ์ธ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ํ๋ํ ์๋ฆฌ์ ๋์ํ๋ ์ค๋์ค ์ ํธ๋ฅผ ์์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ค๋์ค ์
๋ ฅ ์ธํฐํ์ด์ค(๋๋ ๋ 1์ ์
๋ ฅ ๋ชจ๋(150))๋ก ๊ธฐ๋ฅํ ์ ์๋ค. Additionally or alternatively, the
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)์ ํต์ ๋ฐ/๋๋ ์ ์ด๋ ์๋ ์๋ค. ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ค๋งํธ ํฐ๊ณผ ๊ฐ์ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ธ๋ฃจํฌ์ค ๋ฑ์ ํต์ ๋ฐฉ์์ ํตํด ํ์ด๋ง๋์ด ์๊ธฐ ์ธ๋ถ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)๋ก๋ถํฐ ์์ ๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ๋ฅผ ๋ณํํ์ฌ ์๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ถ๋ ฅํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ฌ์ฉ์์ ์์ฑ์ ์์ ํ์ฌ ์๊ธฐ ์ธ๋ถ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)๋ก ์ ์กํ๋ ์ธํฐ๋์
(interaction) ๋ฐฉ์์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์ผ ์ ์๋ค. According to one embodiment, the
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๊ฐ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)์ ๋ฌด์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ๋คํธ์ํฌ(์: ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ ๋๋ ์๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ฌด์ ํต์ ๋คํธ์ํฌ)๋ฅผ ํตํ์ฌ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)์ ํต์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋คํธ์ํฌ๋, ์ด์ ํ์ ๋์ง ์์ง๋ง, ์ด๋ ๋๋ ์
๋ฃฐ๋ฌ ํต์ ๋ง, ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํต์ ๋ง(local area network: LAN)(์: Bluetooth ํต์ ), ๋ฌด์ ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ํต์ ๋ง(wireless local area network: WLAN), ๊ด์ญ ํต์ ๋ง(wide area network: WAN), ์ธํฐ๋ท, ๋๋ ์์ง์ญ ํต์ ๋ง(small area network: SAN)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๋ ์ผ์ด๋ธ(๋ฏธ๋์)์ ์ด์ฉํ์ฌ ์ธ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(102)์ ์ ์ ์ผ๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํฌ๋๋ค(310)์ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ((a))์ ์ฐจํ ์ํ((c))๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง ์ ์๋ค. ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ๋, ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(340)์ด ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320)์ ์ฐจํํ์ง ์๊ณ , ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320)์ ์๋ถ(+z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ด ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ๋ ์ํ๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ฐจํ ์ํ๋, ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(340)์ด ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320)์ ์ฐจํํ ์ํ๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ์์ฐฉ ์ํ((b))๋, ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ์์ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320)(์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(332))์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๊ฐ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ํ๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ดํ์ ์ค๋ช
์์๋, '๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ', '์ฐจํ ์ํ' ๋ฐ '์์ฐฉ ์ํ'๋ผ๋ ์ฉ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฌ์ฉํ์ฌ ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ๋ํด ์ค๋ช
ํ๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(300)๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ์์น๋ฅผ ํฌ๋๋ค(310) ๋ด์์ ์ ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 4์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700))๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 4์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700))๋ ํฌ๋๋ค(310)๊ณผ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ๋ฐฐ์น ๊ด๊ณ๋ก ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ดํ์์๋, ๋๋ฉด์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ์ฌ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ๋ํด ์ค๋ช
ํ๊ธฐ๋ก ํ๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ํ, ์ดํ์ ์ค๋ช
์์๋, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(300)๋, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ๋ณด๊ด์ ์ํ ํฌ๋๋ค(310) ์์ฃผ๋ก ์ค๋ช
ํ ๊ฒ์ด๋, ์ด๋ ์ค๋ช
์ ํธ์๋ฅผ ์ํ ๊ฒ์ผ ๋ฟ์ด๋ค. ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์์์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(300)๋ ๋น๋จ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ๊ด๋ จ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น์๋ง ๊ตญํ๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋๊ณ , ๋ชจ๋ ์ข
๋ฅ์ ์ 1 ์ฅ์น ๋ฐ ์ 1 ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ๋ณด๊ดํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ถฉ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ 2 ์ฅ์น์ ๋์ผํ๊ฒ ์ ์ฉ๋ ์ ์์์ด ์ดํด๋ ๊ฒ์ด๋ค.In addition, in the following description, the
๋ 4๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์์ฉ๋ ํฌ๋๋ค์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๊ฒ์ด๋ค. ๋ 5๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 6์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ฐ๋์์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 7์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์๋ค์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ๋๋ฅผ ํ๋ํ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 4 shows a cradle in which a cradle and an audio device are accommodated according to various embodiments. Figure 5 is a diagram showing a cradle and fixing structure according to various embodiments. Figure 6 is a view showing a fixing structure according to various embodiments from different angles. Figure 7 is an enlarged view of a fixed configuration according to various embodiments.
๋ 4 ๋ด์ง ๋ 7์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(500)๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(500)๋ ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 4 ๋ด์ง ๋ 7์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(500), ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์, ๋ 3์ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น(300), ํฌ๋๋ค(310) ๋ฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIGS. 4 to 7 , the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)๋ฅผ ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ด์ ๊ณ ์ ์ํค๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ ์ํ๋ก ํฌ๋๋ค(510)์ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์ด ๊ฐํด์ง๋๋ผ๋(์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ํฌ๋๋ค(510)์ด ๋ฐ๋ฅ์ ๋จ์ด์ง๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ) ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ด์์์ ์์น๊ฐ ์ ์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the fixing
์ด๋ค ์ค์์์์, ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(520)์, ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(520)์ ๋ด๋ถ ๊ณต๊ฐ(545)์ ์ฐจํํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)๋ ๋ด๋ถ ๊ณต๊ฐ(545)๋ฅผ ๋ฎ๊ณ , ๋ด๋ถ ๊ณต๊ฐ(545)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์ ๋ถํ(546)๋ค์ ๋ณดํธํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)๊ฐ ์์ฐฉ๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(532)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋์๋ ๋ฐ์ ๋ฌ๋ฆฌ, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(520)๋ ์ผ์ฒด๋ก ํ์ฑ๋ ์๋ ์๋ค. In some embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(520) ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(532)๊ณผ ์ธ์ ํ๊ฒ ์ ๊ณต๋๊ณ , ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(532)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ์์น๋ฅผ ์ ์ง์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, at least a portion of the fixing
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710), ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730), ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740), ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770) ๋ฐ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780) ์ค ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the fixing
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534) ๊ทผ์ฒ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534)์ ์ฝ์
๋์ด ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํ๋ฉด(-z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด,531b)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534) ๊ทผ์ฒ์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์๋ฉด(+z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด, 531a)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ฌ์ฉ์๋, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์๋ฉด(+z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์กฐ์ํ์ฌ, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ฅผ ๋์์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋ํด์๋ ํ์ ํ์ฌ ์์ธํ ์ค๋ช
ํ๋๋ก ํ๋ค. ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730)๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730)์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530) ์ฌ์ด์ ๊ฒฐํฉ์ ํฅ์์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค.In one embodiment, the
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค(operatively connected). ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ธ์ ํ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋์์ ์์ํ์ฌ ์์น(๋๋ ์์ธ)๊ฐ ๋ณํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(533)๋ฅผ ํตํด ๋
ธ์ถ๋ ์ ์๊ณ , ์ด๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(์: ๋ 11์ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802))์ ์ฝ์
๋์ด ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ์์น๊ฐ ์ ์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค. In one embodiment,
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530) ์ฌ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋, ํ์ ํ ๋ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๊ฐ ํ์ ํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ํ์ ์ถ์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ณต๋ ์๋ ์๋ค.In one embodiment, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด(๋ 10์์ ์์ธํ ํ์ ํ๋ค), ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ ์ 1 ์ํ์ ์ 2 ์ํ ์ฌ์ด์์ ๋์๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ด๋๊ณผ ์์ํ์ฌ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๊ฐ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น์์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(์: ๋ 3์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400))์ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋๊ณ (์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋์ง ์๊ณ ), ์ 2 ํํฌ ์์น์์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋์ด ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400)์ ์์น๋ฅผ ๊ณ ์ ์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฌ๋ฆฌ ํํํ๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)์ ์ 1 ์ํ๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ํ์ฐฉ์ด ์์ ๋ก์ด ์ํ๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๊ณ , ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)์ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)๊ฐ ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ด์์ ์์น๊ฐ ์ ์ง๋๋ ์ํ๋ฅผ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)์ ์ 1 ์ํ์ ์์ํ๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์์น๋ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก, ์ 2 ์ํ์ ์์ํ๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์์น๋ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ผ๊ณ ์ง์นญ๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments (described in detail below in FIG. 10), the
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๋, ๊ทธ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋๊ณ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๋, ์ 2 ํํฌ ์์น๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น๋ก ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ์์น๊ฐ ์ด๋๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋ณต์๋ ฅ์ ์ ๊ณตํ ์ ์๋ค. In one embodiment, part of the
๋ 8์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์กฐ๋ฆฝ ๊ณผ์ ์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.8 is a diagram illustrating an assembly process of a lever member according to various embodiments.
๋ 8์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712) ๋ฐ ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(713, engaging portion)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 8์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710) ๋ฐ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)๋ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710) ๋ฐ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIG. 8, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534, ๋ 7 ์ฐธ์กฐ)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ฝ์
๋๊ณ , ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํ๋ฉด(-z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด, 531b)๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712)์, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํ๋ฉด(531b)์์ -z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ๋์ถ๋๋๋ก ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712)์, 2๊ฐ์ ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ์์ญ์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712)์, ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712b)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฌ๋ฆฌ ํํํ๋ฉด, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712)์ ์ค์ง์ ์ผ๋ก U์ ํ์์ ๊ฐ์ง ์ ์๋ค. ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712)์, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712a)๊ณผ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(712b)์ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ์ผ์ธก ๋จ๋ถ(555)๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์ด ์ํ์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋์์ ๋ํด์๋ ํ์ ํ์ฌ ์์ธํ ์ค๋ช
ํ๋๋ก ํ๋ค. According to various embodiments, at least a portion of the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(713)์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๊ฐ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ดํ๋๋ ๊ฒ์ ๋ฐฉ์งํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(713)์ ์ผ์ธก(+x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ๋จ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ํ์ธก(-x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ๋จ๋ถ๊น์ง์ ๊ธธ์ด๋ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534)์ ํญ(x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ๋ณด๋ค ํฌ๊ฒ ํ์ฑ๋๊ณ , ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๊ฐ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534)์ ์ฝ์
๋๋ฉด ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ดํ์ด ๋ฐฉ์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ํ์ฑ์๋ ์ฌ์ง๋ก ํ์ฑ๋๊ณ ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(713)์ ์ธ๋ฉด(713a)์ ๊ฒฝ์ฌ์ง๋๋ก ํ์ฑ๋์ด, ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(713)์ ์์ถ๋ ์ํ๋ก ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534)์ ๋ด์ธก์ ๋ฏธ๋๋ฌ์ ธ ํต๊ณผํ ์ ์๋ค. ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534)๋ฅผ ํต๊ณผํ๋ฉด ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(713)์ ๋ค์ ํ์ฅ๋๊ณ , ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(713)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํ๋ฉด(531b)์ ๊ฑธ๋ฆด ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the locking
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730)๋ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ ์์ฉ ์์ญ(554)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์กฐ๋ฆฝ ๊ณผ์ ๊ด์ ์์, ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(713)์ด ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ดํ, ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730)๊ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ ์์ฉ ์์ญ(554)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730)๋ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ(์: ๋ 16์ ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(1031))๊ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710, ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(721))๊ณผ ์์ง ๋ฐฉํฅ(-z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ ๋ํด ์ค์ฒฉ๋๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์์ง ๋ฐฉํฅ(-z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก์ ์ดํ์ ๋ฐฉ์งํ๊ฑฐ๋ ๋ฐ/๋๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์์ง ๋ฐฉํฅ(-z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก์ ์ด๋์ ๊ฐ์์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ์ผ์ธก์ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(551)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(551)๋, ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐฉํฅ(x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ ๋ํด ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ๋์ถ๋๋๋ก ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ํ์ ํ ๋ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด, ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(551)๋ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(721)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ์์ญ(์: ๋ 14์ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913))์ ์ฝ์
๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ 9๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์กฐ๋ฆฝ ๊ณผ์ ์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.9 is a diagram illustrating an assembly process of a hook member according to various embodiments.
๋ 9๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ ๋ฐ๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(741), ๋ฐ๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(741)์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 1 ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ๋์ถ๋๊ณ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ๋ง๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742), ๋ฐ๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(741)์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 2 ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ๋์ถ๋๊ณ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(์: ๋ 4์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600))์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋์ถ๋ถ(743) ๋ฐ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(747)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 9์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740) ๋ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740) ๋ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIG. 9, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(747)๋ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํํฌ ์์ฐฉ์์ญ(561) ์์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ํํฌ ์์ฐฉ์์ญ(561)์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํ๋ฉด(531b)์์ -z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ๋์ถ๋๋๋ก ํ์ฑ๋๊ณ , ํํฌ ์์ฐฉ์์ญ(561)์ ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(747)์ ์ผ์ธก ์์ญ(+z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ์์ญ)์ ์ฝ์
๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(747)์ ์ธ๋ฉด ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ ์์ ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๊ฐ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๋, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740a)์ ์ฅ์ฐฉ๋๋ ์ 1 ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740b)์ ์ฅ์ฐฉ๋๋ ์ 2 ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770b)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๋ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ 1 ์์ญ(772) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ์์ญ(774)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๋ ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ ํ์์ ๊ฐ์ง ์ ์๊ณ , ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(747)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๊ฐ ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(747) ์์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ํ์์, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)์ ์ 1 ์์ญ(772)์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ 1 ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(556)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์ 2 ์์ญ(774)์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ์ 2 ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(754)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(556)์, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740a) ๋ฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770a)๋ฅผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ 1-1 ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(556a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740b) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770b)๋ฅผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ 1-2 ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(556b)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋์๋ ์ค์์์์, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๋ ์ํ์ ํ์์ ๊ฐ์ง๋, ์ด์ ๊ตญํ๋๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋๋ฉฐ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์ ๋ณํ์ด ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋ค.According to various embodiments, an
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ฅผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ 1 ํ(751)๊ณผ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ 2 ํ(562)์ ์ฝ์
๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋ ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(์: ๋ 20์ ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(1281) ๋ฐ ์คํํธ ๋ถ๋ถ(์: ๋ 20์ ์คํํธ ๋ถ๋ถ(1282))์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์ 1 ํ(751)๊ณผ ์ 2 ํ(562)์ด ์๋ก ์ค์ฒฉ๋๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋๋ฉด, ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋ ์ 1 ํ(751)๊ณผ ์ 2 ํ(562)์ ๋ชจ๋ ๊ดํตํ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740a)์ ์์ํ๋ ์ 1-1 ํ(751a) ๋ฐ ์ 2-1ํ(562a)์ ์ฝ์
๋ฐฐ์น๋๋ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740b)์ ์์ํ๋ ์ 1-2 ํ(751b) ๋ฐ ์ 2-2ํ(562b)์ ์ฝ์
๋ฐฐ์น๋๋ ์ 2 ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780b)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ 10์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ๋์ ๊ณผ์ ์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an operation process of a fixing structure according to various embodiments.
๋ 10์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ ์ 1 ์ํ์ ์ 2 ์ํ ์ฌ์ด์์ ๋์ํ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 10์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ๋ณธ ๋๋ฉด์ ์ค์์๋ฅผ ์ค๋ช
ํจ์ ์์ด, ๋ 4์ ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)๊ฐ ํจ๊ป ์ธ๊ธ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ๋ 9์ ์ฐธ์กฐ ๋ถํธ๊ฐ ํจ๊ป ์ธ๊ธ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIG. 10 , the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด((a)๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด), ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ ์ 1 ์ํ์ ์์นํ ์ ์๋ค. ์์ ํ ๋ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)์ ์ 1 ์ํ์์, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)๋ ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ด์ ํ์ฐฉ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๊ฐ ์ 1 ์ํ์ผ ๋, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์ ์์นํ๊ณ , ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น์ ์์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments (referring to (a)), the fixing
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด((b) ๋ฐ (c)๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด), ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ ์ 1 ์ํ์์ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๊ณ , ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ด๋์ ์์ํ์ฌ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ฐฉํฅ(-y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ๋ง๋ฌผ๋ฆฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780, z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)๋ฅผ ์ค์ฌ์ผ๋ก ํ์ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๊ฐ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋ฅผ ์ค์ฌ์ผ๋ก ํ์ ๋๋ฉด, ๋์ถ๋ถ(743)๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(533)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments (referring to (b) and (c)), the
์ด๋ค ์ค์์์์, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740b)๋ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780b)๋ฅผ ์ค์ฌ์ผ๋ก ์๋ก ๋ฐ๋ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ํ์ ํ ์ ์๋ค. ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์ผ๋ก, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๊ฐ ์ 1 ์ํ์์ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณํ๋จ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740a)์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740b)๋ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๋ฐ๋ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ํ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋๊ณ , ์ 1 ๋์ถ๋ถ(743a)์ ์ 2 ๋์ถ๋ถ(744b)๋ ์ํ ๋ฐฉํฅ(x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ ๋ํด ์๋ก ๋ฉ์ด์ง ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๋์ถ๋ถ(743a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ๋์ถ๋ถ(744b)๋ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ฐ ์ 2 ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(533a, 533b)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์๋ฉด(+z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด, 531a)์์ ๋
ธ์ถ๋๊ณ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. In some embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์๋ฉด(+z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด, 531a)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์๋, ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ด ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ์์ ํ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534, ๋ 7 ์ฐธ์กฐ)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(711)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(711)์ ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a) ๋ด์์ ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ์ 1 ์ธก(์: +y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ์์ญ์ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(711)์ด ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ํ์์๋, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์ ์์น๋๋ค๊ณ ํํํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ ์ฌํ๊ฒ, ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ์ 2 ์ธก(์: -y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ์์ญ์ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(711)์ด ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ํ์์๋, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๊ฐ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์ ์์น๋๋ค๊ณ ํํํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฌ๋ฆฌ ํํํ๋ฉด, ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ์ 1 ์ธก(+y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ์์ญ์ ์ 1 ์กฐ์ ์์ญ์ผ๋ก, ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ์ 2 ์ธก(-y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ์์ญ์ ์ 2 ์กฐ์ ์์ญ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ์ง์นญ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ์กฐ์๋ถ(711a)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์กฐ์๋ถ(711a)๋ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(711) ์์์ +z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ๋์ถ๋์ด ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ฌ์ฉ์๋, ์กฐ์๋ถ(711a)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(711)์ ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ์ 1 ์ธก(+y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ์์ญ์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 2 ์ธก(-y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ์์ญ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋์ํด์ผ๋ก์จ, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ฅผ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋(์: ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๋ฅผ ์ 1 ์ํ์์ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณํ) ์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, a
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ ๋ฐ๋๋ถ(741)๋ก๋ถํฐ ๋์ถ๋ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742)์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742)๊ณผ ๋ง๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ์์ญ(724)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ์์ญ(724)์ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(721)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ฐฉํฅ(x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก ์ฐ์ฅ๋์ด ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742)๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ์์ญ(724)์, ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์๋ก ์์ํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๋, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740a)์ ์ 1 ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742a)๊ณผ ๋ง๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ 1 ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ์์ญ(724a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740b)์ ์ 2 ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742b)๊ณผ ๋ง๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ 2 ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ์์ญ(724b)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋ํ ๋, ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ์์ญ(724)์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ด๋ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742)์ ๋ฐ์ด๋ด๊ณ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๋ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋ฅผ ์ค์ฌ์ผ๋ก ํ์ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด ๋, ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742)๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ์์ญ(724)์ด ์๋ก ์์ํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด์ ๊ฐ์ง์ผ๋ก์จ, ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ์์ญ(724)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ฉ์ดํ๊ฒ ์ฌ๋ผ์ด๋ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)๋, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๊ฐ ์ 1 ์ํ๋ฅผ ์ ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋ณต์๋ ฅ์ ์ ๊ณตํ๊ฑฐ๋, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๊ฐ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 1 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณต๊ทํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋ณต์๋ ฅ์ ์ ๊ณตํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์์ ํ ๋ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)์ ์ 1 ์์ญ(772)์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ 1 ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(556)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์ 2 ์์ญ(774)์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ์ 2 ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(754)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฌ๋ฆฌ ํํํ๋ฉด, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)์ ์ผ๋ถ ์์ญ(์: ์ 1 ์์ญ(772))์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์ฑ(์: ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ 1 ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(556))์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋๊ณ , ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์์ญ(์: ์ 2 ์์ญ(774))์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740))์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋์ด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ์ด๊ธฐ ์์น(์: ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น)๋ฅผ ์ ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ํ์ด๋, ์ 2 ์ํ์์ ์ 1 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณต๊ทํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ํ์ ์ ๊ณตํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์๋, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)๊ฐ ์ 1 ์ํ์์ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณํ๋ ๋, ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770)์ ์ 1 ์์ญ(772)๊ณผ ์ 2 ์์ญ(774)๋ ์๋ก ๋ฉ์ด์ง๊ณ , ์ 1 ์์ญ(772)๊ณผ ์ 2 ์์ญ(774) ์ฌ์ด์๋ ํ์ฑ ๋ณต์๋ ฅ์ด ์์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ก ์ธํด, ์ ์ ํ์ผ๋ก๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)์ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 1 ์ํ๋ก์ ๋ณํ์ด ์ฉ์ดํด ์ง ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ 11์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ด์ ์ผ๋ก ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 12๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ์ 1 ์ํ์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ชจ์ต์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 13์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ์ 2 ์ํ์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น์ ๋ชจ์ต์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 11 is a diagram schematically showing an acoustic device according to various embodiments. FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a fixing structure and an acoustic device in a first state, according to various embodiments. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a fixing structure and an acoustic device in a second state, according to various embodiments.
๋ 11 ๋ด์ง ๋ 13๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๋ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 11์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๋, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400,600)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ๋ 11 ๋ด์ง ๋ 13์ ์ค๋ช
ํจ์ ์์ด, ๋ 4 ๋ด์ง ๋ 10์ ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ค์ด๋ ์ฐธ์กฐ๋ถํธ๊ฐ ํจ๊ป ์ธ๊ธ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIGS. 11 to 13 , the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๋, ์ธ๊ด์ ์ ๊ณตํ๋ ํ์ฐ์ง(801) ๋ฐ ํ์ฐ์ง(801)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๋ ์์ ํ ํฌ๋๋ค(์: ๋ 4์ ํฌ๋๋ค(510))์ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(์: ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(532))์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๊ฐ ํฌ๋๋ค(510)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๋, ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)๊ฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(533)์ ์ธ์ ํ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๋ ํ์ฐ์ง(801) ๋ด๋ถ์ ์์ฑ์ฒด๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๊ณ , ๋ฐ/๋๋ ํฌ๋๋ค(510)์ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(520) ๋ด์ ์์ฑ์ฒด(์: ๋ 5์ ์ ์ ๋ถํ(522))๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800) ๋ด๋ถ์ ์์ฑ์ฒด(๋๋ ์ ์ ๋ถํ)๊ณผ ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ด๋ถ์ ์์ฑ์ฒด(๋๋ ์ ์ ๋ถํ)๋ค์ ์๋ก ์ด๋๋ ค, ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(533) ์ฌ์ด๋ฅผ ์ ๋ ฌํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ค ์ค์์์์, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๋ ์ 1 ๋จ์(803)๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, when the
๋ํ, ํฌ๋๋ค(510)์ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(532)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ 2 ๋จ์(599, ๋ 6 ์ฐธ์กฐ)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๋จ์(803)์ ์ 2 ๋จ์(599)๋ ์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ผ๋ก(์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ถฉ์ ์ ์ํ ์ ์ ๊ณต๊ธ ๋๋ ๋ฐ์ดํฐ ์ ์ก์ ์ํ์ฌ) ํฌ๋๋ค(510)๊ณผ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800) ์ฌ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๋จ์(803)์ ์ 2 ๋จ์(599)๋ ์์ฑ์ฒด๋ก ์ ๊ณต๋ ์๋ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๋จ์(803)์ ์ 2 ๋จ์(599) ์ค ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์์ฑ์ฒด๋ก ์ ๊ณต๋๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ์ 1 ๋จ์(803)์ ์ 2 ๋จ์(599)์ ์ด๋๋ฆผ(attract)์ ์ํด ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(533)๊ฐ ์ ๋ ฌ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(533)๊ฐ ์ ๋ ฌ๋๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ๋์์ ์์ํ์ฌ ๋์ถ๋ถ(743)๊ฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802) ๋ด์ ์ฝ์
๋ ์ ์๋ค.Additionally, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์์, ์ 1 ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(532a)๊ณผ ์ 2 ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ(532b)์๋ ์ 1 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800a)์ ์ 2 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800b)๊ฐ ๋์นญ์ ์ผ๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800a)์ ์ 2 ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800b)๋ ๋์นญ์ ์ธ ํ์์ ๊ฐ์ง์ผ๋ก์จ, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๊ฐ ํฌ๋๋ค(510) ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋์์ ๋, ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802a)์ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802b)๋ ์ค์ง์ ์ผ๋ก ์๋ก ๋ง์ฃผ๋ณด๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740a)์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740b)๋, ์์ ํ ๋ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ๋์์ ์์ํ์ฌ ๋ฒ์ด์ง๊ณ ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740a)์ ์ 1 ๋์ถ๋ถ(743a)์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740b)์ ์ 2 ๋์ถ๋ถ(743b)๋ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802a)์ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802b)์ ์ฝ์
๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋์ถ๋ถ(743)๊ฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)์ ์ฝ์
๋จ์ผ๋ก์จ, ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(800)๊ฐ ํฌ๋๋ค(510)์ ์์ง ๋ฐฉํฅ(+z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก ์ดํ๋๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๋ฐฉ์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค.In various embodiments, the first acoustic device 800a and the second acoustic device 800b may be symmetrically disposed in the first
๋ 14๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 15๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๋์์ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. Figure 14 is a diagram showing a lever member according to various embodiments. Figure 15 is a diagram showing the operation of a lever member according to various embodiments.
๋ 14 ๋ฐ ๋ 15๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๋ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(911), ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912) ๋ฐ ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ๋ถ๋ถ(916)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 14 ๋ด์ง ๋ 15์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๋, ์์ ํ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ๋์ผํ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIGS. 14 and 15 , the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๋ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(911) ๋ฐ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(911)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์กฐ์๋ถ(911a)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 14 ๋ด์ง ๋ 15์ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(911)์, ๋ 10์์ ์์ ํ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(711)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์์ผ๋ฏ๋ก, ์ค๋ณต๋๋ ์ค๋ช
์ ์๋ตํ๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๋, ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(911)์ ๋ฐฐ๋ฉด(-z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด,911c) ๋๋ ์กฐ์๋ถ(911a)๊ฐ ํ์ฑ๋ ๋ฐ๋ ๋ฉด์ ํ์ฑ๋, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912)์ ๋ ๊ฐ๋๋ก ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912b)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912a)๊ณผ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912b)๋ ์๋ก ๋์นญ๋๋ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์ผ๋ก, ์ดํ์์๋ ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912a) ์์ฃผ ๋๋ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912) ์์ฃผ๋ก ์ค๋ช
ํ๊ธฐ๋ก ํ๋ค. ํน๋ณํ ์ธ๊ธ์ด ์๋ ํ, ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912a)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912b)์ ๋์ผํ๊ฒ ์ ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912a)๊ณผ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912b) ์ฌ์ด์ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋ ๊ณต๊ฐ์, ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(5550)์ด ์์ฐฉ๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ฝ์
๊ณต๊ฐ(915)์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ฝ์
๊ณต๊ฐ(915) ๋ด์ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์์ฐฉ๋ ์ํ์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๋ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๊น์ง(๋๋ ๊ทธ ๋ฐ๋๋ก) ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ ์์ญ์ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912a)๊ณผ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912b) ์ฌ์ด์ ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ ์์ญ(916)์ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ์ผ์ธก ๋จ๋ถ(555)์ ์ ์ด๋์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)์ ์ถ๊ฐ์ ์ธ ์ด๋์ด ๋ฐฉ์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the spaced space between the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)์ ์์น๋ฅผ ์ ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(551)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์(์ฃผ๋ก ๋ 15๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด), ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(551)๋ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(552) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(553)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(552) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(553)๋ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)์ ์ด๋ ๋ฐฉํฅ๊ณผ ๋ค๋ฅธ(์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก ๋์ถ๋์ด ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912)์ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)์, ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912a)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ 1-1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912b)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ 1-2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913b)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912)์ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)๊ณผ ์์ ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(914)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)๊ณผ ์ ์ฌํ๊ฒ, ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(914)์ ์ 2-1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(914a) ๋ฐ ์ 2-2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(914b)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the operating
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์ ์์นํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(553)๋ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)์ ์์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด ๋, ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(552)๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)์ ์ธ๋ถ(์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ฝ์
๊ณต๊ฐ(915)์ ์ธ๋ถ)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)์ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(553)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ธ๊ณ , ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๊ฐ y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ์ดํ๋๋ ๊ฒ์ด ์ต์ ๋ ์ ์๋ค.In one embodiment, when the
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋ํ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ(์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ฌ์ฉ์์ ์ํด ์กฐ์๋๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ)์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๋ ์ ์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก -y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912a)๊ณผ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912b) ์ฌ์ด๊ฐ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(553)์ ์ํด ๋ฐ๋ ค ๋ฒ์ด์ง๋ฉด์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๊ฐ ์ ์ฒด์ ์ผ๋ก +y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ฅผ ์ํด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๋ ํ์ฑ์๋ ์ฌ์ง๋ก ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๋ ํด๋ฆฌ๋จธ ๋๋ ๋ฉํ ํ๋ ์ดํธ๋ก ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(552)๋ ์ฝ์
๊ณต๊ฐ(915) ๋ด๋ถ๋ก ๋ค์ด์ค๊ธฐ ์์ํ ์ ์๋ค. In one embodiment, when
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)๊ฐ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์ ์์ฐฉ๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(552)๋ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(553)๋ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(914)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)๊ณผ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(914)์ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(552)์ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(553)๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๊ณ , ์ด๋ก์จ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(910)์ y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ์ดํ์ด ์ต์ ๋ ์ ์๋ค. In one embodiment, when the
๋ 16์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. Figure 16 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a lever member and a lever shaft according to various embodiments.
๋ 16์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(1030)๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1010)์ z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก์ ์ดํ์ ๋ฐฉ์งํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 17์ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(1030)๋, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ๋ 17์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1010)๋ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710,910)๊ณผ ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ๋์ผํ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค. Referring to FIG. 16, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(1030)๋ ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(1031) ๋ฐ ์คํํธ ๋ถ๋ถ(1033)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์คํํธ ๋ถ๋ถ(1033)์ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ ์์ฉ ์์ญ(554)์ ์ฝ์
๋๊ณ , ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(1031)์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1010)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ(์: ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1012))์ ๋ฎ์ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
์ด๋ค ์ค์์์์, ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(1031)์ ํ๋ฉด(1032)์, ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530) ๋ฐ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1012)์ ์๋ฉด(1017a)๊ณผ ์ ์ด๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1012)์ ํ๋ฉด(1017b)์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ด์ง(slightly) ์ด๊ฒฉ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ก์จ, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1010)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋ํ๋ ๋์์, ์ ๋์ฑ์ด ํฅ์๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ค ์ค์์์์๋, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1012)์ ํ๋ฉด(1017b)์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a, ๋ 10 ์ฐธ์กฐ)์ ์ผ๋ฉด(-z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด, 542b)๊ณผ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋๊ณ , ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1010)์ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1011)์ ๋ฐฐ๋ฉด(1021a)์ ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ์๋ฉด(+z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ๋ฉด, 542a)์ ์ ์ด๋๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. In some embodiments, the
๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1012)์ ์ผ๋ฉด(1017b)๊ณผ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ(์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์กฐ์ ์์ญ(530a)์ ๋ฐฐ๋ฉด(542b))์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1010)์ ์ด๋์ ํฅ์์ํค๊ธฐ ์ํ ๊ฐญ(gap)์ ํ์ฑํ๋ค๊ณ ํํํ ์๋ ์๋ค.One
๋ 17์ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ ๋ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 17 is a diagram showing a lever shaft and lever member according to another embodiment.
๋ 17์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(1130)๋ 2 ์ด์์ ์คํํธ ๋ถ๋ถ(1133a, 1133b) ๋ฐ ์คํํธ ๋ถ๋ถ๋ค(1133a, 1133b)๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(1131)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 18์ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(1130)๋ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(730,1030)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 17์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1110)๋, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710,910,1010)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIG. 17, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ 1 ์คํํธ ๋ถ๋ถ(1133a)์ ์ฝ์
๊ณต๊ฐ(์: ๋ 14์ ์ฝ์
๊ณต๊ฐ(915)) ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์คํํธ ์์ฉ ์์ญ(554a)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์ 2 ์คํํธ ๋ถ๋ถ(1133b)์ ์ฝ์
๊ณต๊ฐ(915) ์ธ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์คํํธ ์์ฉ ์์ญ(554b)์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(1131)์ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(์: ๋ 7์ ์กฐ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(534)) ์์์ ์ด๋๋๋ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1111) ๋ฐ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550)์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋๋๋ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1112)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ฎ๊ณ , ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1112)์ ์ดํ์ ๋ฐฉ์งํ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ 18์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 19๋ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 20์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ํํฌ ์คํํธ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 18 is a diagram showing a hook member according to various embodiments. Figure 19 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a hook member and an elastic member according to various embodiments. Figure 20 is a diagram showing the arrangement of a hook member and a hook shaft according to various embodiments.
๋ 18 ๋ด์ง ๋ 20์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๋ ์ 1 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1255), ์ 2 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1256) ๋ฐ/๋๋ ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ ์์ฉ๋ถ(1253)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 18 ๋ด์ง ๋ 20์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๋ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)์ ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ๋์ผํ ๊ตฌ์ฑ์ ์๋ฏธํ ์ ์๋ค. 18 to 20, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๋ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ด(line contact)๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๋ ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(1247)์ ํ๋ฉด(1247a)์ ๋์ถ๋ ์ 1 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1255)์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์ 1 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1255)์ ํตํด ํํฌ ์์ฐฉ ์์ญ(561)์ ์ ์ด๋ฉด(546)์ ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ 1 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1255)์ ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(1247) ํ๋ฉด(1247a)์ ๋๋ ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1255)์, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๊ฐ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋ ๋, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)์ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)(์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ํํฌ ์์ฐฉ ์์ญ(561) ์ฌ์ด์ ๋ง์ฐฐ์ ๊ฐ์์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๋ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(1280)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ ์ ์ด(line contact)๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๋ ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(1247)์ ์๋ฉด(1247b)์ ๋์ถ๋ ์ 2 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1256)์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์ 2 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1256)์ ํตํด ํํฌ ์คํํธ(1280)์ ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ 2 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1256)์ ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(1247) ์๋ฉด(1247b)์ ๋๋ ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 2 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1256)์, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๊ฐ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋ ๋, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)์ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(1280) ์ฌ์ด์ ๋ง์ฐฐ์ ๊ฐ์์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ 2 ๋ ์ผ ๋ถ๋ถ(1256)์ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(1280)์ ๋ฃจํ ๋ถ๋ถ(1281)์ ํ๋ฉด(1283)๊ณผ ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1240)๋, ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ(1270)์ ์ดํ์ ๋ฐฉ์งํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ ์์ฉ๋ถ(1253)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ ์์ฉ๋ถ(1253)๋, ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(1247)์ ํํฌ ์คํํธ ์์ฉ์์ญ(1249, ์: ๋ 9์ ์ 1 ํ(751)) ์ฃผ๋ณ์ ๊ฒฉ๋ฒฝ(1248) ์ธ๋ฉด์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ํ์ฑ๋ ํ์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์์ฐฉ๋ถ(1347)์ ์๋ถ(-z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ์์ญ์ ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(1350)์ Z์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ ์ดํ์ ์ต์ ํ๋ ์ง๋ถ์ผ๋ก ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ 21์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 22๋ ๋ 21์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ๋จ๋ฉด๋์ด๋ค.Figure 21 is a diagram showing a fixing structure disposed in a cradle according to various embodiments. Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of the fixing structure of Figure 21.
๋ 21 ๋ฐ ๋ 22๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1400)๋ ๋ธ๋ผ์ผ(1490)์ ์ํด ์ง์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 21 ๋ฐ ๋ 22์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1400)๋, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700)์ ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ๋์ผํ ์ ์๋ค.21 and 22, the fixing
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1400)๋ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530) ์์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ๋ธ๋ผ์ผ(1490)์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1400)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ฎ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ง์งํ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ธ๋ผ์ผ(1490)์ ์ง์ง ๋์ถ๋ถ(1496)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ง์ง ๋์ถ๋ถ(1496)๋ ์ 1 ๋ด์ง ์ 3 ์ง์ง ๋์ถ๋ถ(1496a, 1496b, 1496c)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๋ด์ง ์ 3 ์ง์ง ๋์ถ๋ถ(1496a, 1496b, 1496c)๋, ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ์คํํธ(1430), ์ 1 ํํฌ ์คํํธ(1480a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํํฌ ์คํํธ(1480b) ์๋ถ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the fixing
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ธ๋ผ์ผ(1490)์ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(์: ๋ 4์ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(520)) ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๋ ์ ์ ๋ถํ๋ค์ ์ง์งํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ธ๋ผ์ผ(1490)์ ๋ถํ ๋ชจ๋(1480)์ ์ง์งํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ถํ ๋ชจ๋(1480)์ ํฌ๋๋ค(์: ๋ 4์ ํฌ๋๋ค(510)) ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋ค์ํ ์ ์ ๋ถํ๋ค์ ์ง์งํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ถํ ๋ชจ๋(1480)์, ํ๋ก ๊ธฐํ ๋ฐ/๋๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(์: ๋ 4์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600))์ ์ ์ด๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋จ์(1482)๋ฅผ ์ง์งํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋จ์(1482)๋ ๋ธ๋ผ์ผ(1490) ๋ฐ ์ปค๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(530)๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ๋จ์์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด ์ธ์๋, ํฌ๋๋ค(510)์ ๊ตฌ๋ํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋ค์ํ ์ ์ ๋ถํ๋ค์ด ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ธ๋ผ์ผ(1490)์๋ ์์ฑ์ฒด(1498)๊ฐ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์์ ํ ๋ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด, ์์ฑ์ฒด(1498)๋ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600) ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์์ฑ์ฒด๋ ์ ์ ๋ถํ์ ์ด๋๊ณ , ์ด๋ฅผ ํตํด ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(600)์ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)์ ์ 2 ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(549)๊ฐ ์ ๋ ฌ๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, a
๋ 23์ ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํฌ๋๋ค ๋ฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 24๋, ๋ 23์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์๋ถ ์ปค๋ฒ์ ๋์์ ํ๋ํ์ฌ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 23 is a diagram showing a cradle and fixing structure according to another embodiment. FIG. 24 is an enlarged view showing the operation of the fixing structure and upper cover of FIG. 23.
๋ 23 ๋ฐ ๋ 24๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(540a)์ ๊ฐ์๋ถ(pressing part, 562a)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 23 ๋ฐ ๋ 24์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1500)๋ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 6์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700))์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIGS. 23 and 24 , the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ฐ์๋ถ(562a)๋, ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(540a)์ ๋ด๋ฉด(561a)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๊ฐ์๋ถ(562a)๋ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(520a)๋ฅผ ํฅํ๋๋ก ๋์ถ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํฌ๋๋ค(510a)์ด ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ์์ ์ฐจํ ์ํ๋ก ์ ํ๋๋ ๊ฒฝ์ฐ, ๊ฐ์๋ถ(562a)๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1510)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ํธ ์์ฉํ์ฌ, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1500)๋ฅผ ์ 1 ์ํ์์ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณํ์ํฌ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๊ฐ์๋ถ(562a)๋ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1511)์ ๊ฐ์ํ๊ณ , ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1510)๋ฅผ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๋๋ก ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๊ฐ์๋ถ(562a)๋ ์ 1 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด(563a)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด(563a)์, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1510)์ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1511) ๋ฐ/๋๋ ์กฐ์๋ถ(1512)์ ์ 2 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด(1513)๊ณผ ์๋ก ์์ํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๊ฐ์๋ถ(562a)๊ฐ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1511)์ ๊ฐ์ํ๋ฉด, ์ 2 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด(1513)์ ์ 1 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด(563a)์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ๋ฏธ๋๋ฌ์ง๊ณ , ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1510)๋ y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ก์จ, ์ฌ์ฉ์๋ ํฌ๋๋ค(510a)์ ๋ฎ๊ฐ(์: ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(540a))๋ฅผ ๋ฎ์์ผ๋ก์จ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1500)๋ฅผ ๋์์ํค๋ ๊ฒ์ด ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
๋ 25๋ ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 25 is a diagram showing a fixing structure according to another embodiment.
๋ 25๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1600)๋ ๋ณด์กฐ ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ(1670)๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 25์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1600)๋, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 6์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700))์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIG. 25, the fixing
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๋ณด์กฐ ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ(1670)๋ ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640a)์ ์ 2 ํํฌ๋ถ์ฌ(1640b) ์ฌ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ณด์กฐ ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ(1670)์ ์ผ์ธก์ ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640a)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ 1 ๋ถ๋ถ(1649a)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋๊ณ ํ์ธก์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640b)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ 2 ๋ถ๋ถ(1649b)์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the auxiliary
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ๋ณด์กฐ ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ(1670)๋, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1600)๊ฐ ์ 1 ์ํ์ผ ๋, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640a)์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640b)๋ฅผ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น์ ์ ์ง์ํค๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1600)๊ฐ ์ 2 ์ํ์ผ ๋, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640a)์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640b) ์ฌ์ด์ ํ์ฑ ๋ณต์๋ ฅ์ ์ ๊ณตํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1610)๊ฐ ์ด๋๋จ์ ๋ฐ๋ผ, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640a)์ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(1640b)๊ฐ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์คํํธ(1680a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํํฌ ์คํํธ(1680b)๋ฅผ ์ค์ฌ์ผ๋ก ํ์ ํ๋ฉด, ๋ณด์กฐ ํ์ฑ๋ถ์ฌ(1670)์๋ ๋ณต์๋ ฅ์ด ๋ฐ์๋ ์ ์๋ค.In one embodiment, the auxiliary
๋ 26์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ์ด๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค. ๋ 27์ ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ ๋ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ํ๋ํ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 26 is a diagram showing a plate member and a fixing structure including the same according to various embodiments. Figure 27 is an enlarged view of a plate member and a lever member according to various embodiments.
๋ 26 ๋ฐ ๋ 27์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1700)๋ ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790)๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 26 ๋ฐ ๋ 27์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1700)๋, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 6์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700))์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.26 and 27, the fixing
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790)๋ ์ 1 ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790b)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790a)์ ์ 2 ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790b)๋ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(1710)์ ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712b)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋๋ฌ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ 1 ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790a)๋ ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712a)์ ์ผ์ธก ๋จ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 2 ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790b)๋ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712b)์ ์ผ์ธก ๋จ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ 1 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712b)์ ๋ถ์ฐฉ ์์ญ(1724a, 1724b)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ 1 ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790a) ๋ฐ ์ 2 ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790b)๋ ์ ์ฐฉ ๋ถ์ฌ(1770)๋ฅผ ํตํด ๋ถ์ฐฉ ์์ญ(1724a,1724b)์ ๋ถ์ฐฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the first
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790)๋ ์ง์ง๋ถ๋ถ(1792) ๋ฐ ์ง์ง๋ถ๋ถ(1792)์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ง์ง๋ถ๋ถ(1792)์ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ ์์ญ์ ๊ฐ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ง์ง๋ถ๋ถ(1792)๋ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712)์ ์ผ์ธก(-y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ) ๋จ๋ถ ์ฃผ๋ณ ์์ญ์ ๊ฐ์ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ง์ง๋ถ๋ถ(1792)์ ํ๋ ๋๋ ๋ณต์์ ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(1793)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(1793)์, ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712)์ ํ์ฑ๋ ๋์ถ๋ถ(1713)์ ๋ง๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790)์ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1712)์์์ ์ดํ์ด ๋ฐฉ์ง๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)์ ์ง์ง๋ถ๋ถ(1792)์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋์ด ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(์: ๋ 14์ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(551))์ ํ์๊ณผ ์์ํ๋๋ก ์ค๋ชฉํ ํ์์ ๊ฐ์ง ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)์, ์์ ํ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ์์ญ(์: ๋ 14์ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913))๊ณผ ์ค์ง์ ์ผ๋ก ์ ์ฌํ ๊ธฐ๋ฅ์ ์ํํ ์ ์์ผ๋ฉฐ, ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913)์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์, ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)์ ๋ชจ๋ ์ ์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to one embodiment, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1700)์ ์ 1 ์ํ์์, ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)์ด ์์ธก(x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก ๋ฒ์ด์ง๊ณ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(551)๊ฐ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794) ๋ด์ ์์ฉ๋จ์ผ๋ก์จ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1700)๋ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณํ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1700)์ด ์ 1 ์ํ์์ ์ 2 ์ํ๋ก ๋ณํ๋๋ ๋์ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)์ด ์ํํ๊ฒ ๋ฒ์ด์ง๋๋ก, ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)์ ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1794)๊ณผ ๋ง์ฃผํ๋ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(1723)์ ์ผ ๋ฉด(1725)๊ณผ ์์ ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋งํผ ์ด๊ฒฉ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790)๋ ๋ฉํ ์ฌ์ง์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790)๋ SUS๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, in the first state of the fixing
๋ 28์ ๋ ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅธ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ํ๋ธ ๋๋ฉด์ด๋ค.Figure 28 is a diagram showing a fixing structure according to another embodiment.
๋ 28์ ์ฐธ์กฐํ๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1800)๋ ์บ ๋ ๋ฒ(1810) ๋ฐ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ(1850)๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ 28์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1800)๋, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 6์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700))์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ ๋ถ ๋๋ ์ผ๋ถ ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค.Referring to FIG. 28, the fixing
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์บ ๋ ๋ฒ(1810)๋, ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ๋ถ(1820) ๋ฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ๋ถ(1820)์ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(์: ๋ 6์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710))์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๊ณ , ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840)์ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(์: ๋ 6์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740))์ ๋ํ ์ค๋ช
์ด ์ค์ฉ๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์บ ๋ ๋ฒ(1810)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด(์บ ๋ ๋ฒ(1810)๊ฐ -y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด), ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840)์ ์์ธก(x์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก ๋ฒ์ด์ง ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์ 1 ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840a)๊ณผ ์ 2 ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840b)๋ ์๋ก ๋ฐ๋ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ๋ฉ์ด์ง๋๋ก ๋ฒ์ด์ง ์ ์๋ค. According to various embodiments, when the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840)์ ํํฌ ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(1857)์ ์ํด ๋๋ฆด ์ ์๋ค. ์ผ ์ค์์์์, ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840)์, ์ฌ๋ผ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(1842)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์ฌ๋ผ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(1842)์ ์ 1 ํํฌ ์์น์์ ํํฌ ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(1857)๊ฐ ์ฝ์
๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(1842a) ๋ฐ ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(1842a)์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ์ฌ๋ผ์ด๋ ๋ฉด(1842b)์ ํฌํจํ ์ ์๋ค. ์๋ฅผ ๋ค์ด, ์บ ๋ ๋ฒ(1810)๊ฐ ์ 1 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น์์ ์ 2 ๋ ๋ฒ ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด, ํํฌ ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(1857)๋ ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(1842a)์์ ์ฌ๋ผ์ด๋ ๋ฉด(1842b)์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ๋ฏธ๋๋ฌ์ง๋ฉด์ +y์ถ ๋ฐฉํฅ(์บ ๋ ๋ฒ(1810)์ ์ด๋๋ฐฉํฅ๊ณผ ๋ฐ๋ ๋ฐฉํฅ)์ผ๋ก ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840)์ ๋ฐ์ด๋ผ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ก์จ, ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840)์ ๋ฒ์ด์ง ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, the
์ผ ์ค์์์์, ์บ ๋ ๋ฒ(1810)๋ ํ์ฑ์๋ ์ฌ์ง๋ก ํ์ฑ๋ ์ ์๋ค. ์ด๋ค ์ค์์์์, ์บ ๋ ๋ฒ(1810)๋ ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๊ฐ ์ผ์ฒด๋ก ํ์ฑ๋์๋ค๊ณ ํํํ ์๋ ์๋ค. ๋ํ, ์์ ํ ์ค์์๋ค์์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 6์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700))์์๋, ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740)๊ฐ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780)๋ฅผ ์ค์ฌ์ผ๋ก ํ์ ๋๋ ๋ด์ฉ ์์ฃผ๋ก ์ค๋ช
ํ์์ผ๋, ๋ 28์์ ์ค๋ช
๋๋ ๋ฐ์ ๊ฐ์ด ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740) ๋๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ๋ถ(1840)์ด ๋ณ์ง์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(1800))๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์๋ ์๋ค.In one embodiment, the
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ 1 ๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋ฐ๋์ธ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ํ์ฑ๋๊ณ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์์ฐฉ๋๊ธฐ ์ํ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(์: ๋ 3์ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320)); ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ฐจํํ๋ ์ฐจํ ์ํ์ ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉํ๋ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ ์ฌ์ด์์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(์: ๋ 3์ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(340)); ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ๊ณผ ์ธ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ ์๊ธฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ๊ณ ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 6์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700));๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋, ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ์ฌ์ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ 1 ์์น์ ์ 2 ์์น ์ฌ์ด์์ ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(์: ๋ 6์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)); ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋(operatively connected) ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(์: ๋ 9์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ(742)) ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋๊ณ ์๊ธฐ ์ํฅ ์ถ๋ ฅ ์ฅ์น์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(์: ๋ 11์ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802))์ ์ฝ์
๊ฐ๋ฅํ ๋์ถ๋ถ(์: ๋ 9์ ๋์ถ๋ถ(743))๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(์: ๋ 9์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740));๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์ 1 ์์น์ผ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์ 2 ์์น์ผ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ ๋ด๋ก ์ฝ์
๋๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, a first housing (e.g., FIG. 3 The first housing 320); a second housing (eg, the
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ํตํด ๋
ธ์ถ๋๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(์: ๋ 10์ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ(711))์ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the lever member may be provided as an electronic device that includes an operating portion (eg, the operating
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ์์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(์: ๋ 14์ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ(912))์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(์: ๋ 15์ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ(550))์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ๋๋ฌ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the lever member includes an operating portion (e.g., operating
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ๊ฐ์ฅ์๋ฆฌ ์์ญ์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(์: ๋ 15์ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(552))๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ์ ํ์๊ณผ ์์ํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(์: ๋ 15์ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(913))์ ๋ ํฌํจํ๋ฉฐ, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น์์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ ๋ด๋ก ์ฝ์
๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the guide part further includes a first position fixing part (e.g., the first
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ์ ๋๋ํ๊ฒ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ ์์ ์ ๊ฐ๊ฒฉ๋งํผ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(์: ๋ 15์ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(553))๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ๊ณผ ๋๋ํ๊ฒ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ ์์ ์ ๊ฐ๊ฒฉ๋งํผ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(์: ๋ 15์ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ(914))์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น์ผ ๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น์ผ ๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the guide part further includes a second position fixing part (e.g., the second
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง์, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด๊น์ง ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(์: ๋ 7์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ(533))๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น์ผ ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ๋ฅผ ํตํด ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ผ๋ก ๋
ธ์ถ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the first housing further includes a fixing opening (e.g., fixing
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋, ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(์: ๋ 7์ ํํฌ ์คํํธ(780))๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น์์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ์คํํธ๋ฅผ ์ค์ฌ์ผ๋ก ํ์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the fixing structure further includes a hook shaft (e.g.,
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋, ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ ์ด๋๋๋ก, ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด์์ ๋์ถ๋ ํํฌ ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(์: ๋ 28์ ํํฌ ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ(1857))๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ ์ผ์ฒด๋ก ํ์ฑ๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น์์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ์ ์ํด ๊ฐ์๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์ด๋ ๋ฐฉํฅ๊ณผ ๋ค๋ฅธ ๋ฐฉํฅ์ผ๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the fixing structure further includes a hook fixing part (e.g.,
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง์, ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ํฅํ๋๋ก ํ์ฑ๋ ๊ฐ์๋ถ(์: ๋ 24์ ๊ฐ์๋ถ(562a));๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ฉฐ, ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ์์ ์๊ธฐ ํ์ ์ํ๋ก ์ด๋๋ ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ์๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ ์ด๋์ด ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ฅผ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น์์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น๋ก ์ด๋์ํค๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the second housing includes a pressing portion (e.g., pressing
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ์๋ถ๋ ์ 1 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์กฐ์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์์ํ๋ ์ 2 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด์ ํฌํจํ๋ฉฐ, ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด์, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๊ฒฝ์ฌ๋ฉด์ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ฌ๋ผ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the pressing part includes a first inclined surface, the manipulation part includes a second inclined surface corresponding to the first inclined surface, and the second inclined surface is an electronic device capable of sliding along the first inclined surface. may be provided.
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง ๋ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์์ฑ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์์ฑ์ฒด๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น ๋ด๋ถ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์์ฑ์ฒด ๋๋ ์ ์ ๋ถํ๊ณผ ์ด๋๋ฆฌ๊ณ (attracted) ์๊ธฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น์ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ฐ๊ตฌ๋ฅผ ์ ๋ ฌ์ํค๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the electronic device further includes a magnetic material disposed in the first housing, the magnetic material being attracted to a magnetic material or electronic component disposed inside the acoustic device and a concave portion of the acoustic device. An electronic device configured to align the portion and the fixing opening may be provided.
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(์: ๋ 7์ ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ(770));๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ํ์ฑ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋๊ณ , ๋ค๋ฅธ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the fixing structure further includes an elastic member (e.g.,
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(์: ๋ 27์ ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ(1790));๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ํ๋ ์ดํธ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋๋ฉฐ, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๋๋ก ์ค๋ชฉํ๊ฒ ํ์ฑ๋๊ณ ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น๋ฅผ ์ ์งํ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์์น ์ ์ง๋ถ๋ถ์ ๋ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค. According to one embodiment, the fixing structure further includes a plate member (e.g.,
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ 1 ์ฅ์น(์: ๋ 3์ ํฌ๋๋ค(310))๋ก์, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์ฅ์น๋, ์ 1 ๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋ฐ๋์ธ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์ค๋ชฉํ๊ฒ ํ์ฑ๋ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(์: ๋ 3์ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง(320)); ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์ฐจํํ๋ ์ฐจํ ์ํ์ ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉํ๋ ๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ํ ์ฌ์ด์์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง๊ณผ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(์: ๋ 3์ ์ 2 ํ์ฐ์ง(340)); ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ๊ณผ ์ธ์ ํ๊ฒ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(์: ๋ 7์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ(700));๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋, ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด๊ณผ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ์ฌ์ด์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ๋ผ ์ 1 ์์น์ ์ 2 ์์น ์ฌ์ด์์ ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(์: ๋ 7์ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ(710)) ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๋์ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ์ฐ๊ฒฐ๋(operatively connected) ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ฐ๊ฒฐ ๋ถ๋ถ์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(์: ๋ 7์ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ(740));๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ๋ฐ ์ธ๋ฉด์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์์ฉ ๊ณต๊ฐ์ ํ์ฐฉ ๊ฐ๋ฅํ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น ๊ฐ๋ฅํ ์ 2 ์ฅ์น(์: ๋ 3์ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น(400));๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ถ๋ถ๋, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์ 1 ์์น์ผ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์ 2 ์์น์ผ ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ ๋ด๋ก ์ฝ์
๋๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, a first device (e.g.,
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์ฅ์น๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ์ถฉ์ ํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๊ฒ์ธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the first device may be provided as an electronic device for charging the second device.
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์ฅ์น๋ ์ด์ด์ ์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์ฅ์น๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ด์ด์ ์ ๋ณด๊ดํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ํฌ๋๋ค์ธ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, an electronic device may be provided wherein the second device includes an ear set, and the first device is a cradle for storing the ear set.
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด ์์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ํ์ฐ์ง์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ๋ฉด์ผ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ฐ์ฅ๋ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์ ์ด๋ ์ผ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ๋๋ฌ์ธ๋๋ก ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the lever member includes an operating portion disposed on the second surface, the first housing includes a guide portion extending from the second surface, and at least a portion of the operating portion includes the operating portion. An electronic device disposed to surround the guide portion may be provided.
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ๊ฐ์ฅ์๋ฆฌ ์์ญ์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ์ ํ์๊ณผ ์์ํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ์ ๋ ํฌํจํ๋ฉฐ, ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น์์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น๋ก ์ด๋๋๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ ๋ด๋ก ์ฝ์ ๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the guide part further includes a first position fixing part formed in an edge area, and the operating part corresponds to the shape of the first position fixing part and is configured to accommodate the first position fixing part. The electronic device may further include a first concave area, and when the lever member is moved from the first position to the second position, the first position fixing part is inserted into the concave area.
์ผ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์๊ธฐ ๊ฐ์ด๋ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ์ ๋๋ํ๊ฒ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ ์์ ์ ๊ฐ๊ฒฉ๋งํผ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ฅผ ๋ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋์ ๋ถ๋ถ์ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ๊ณผ ๋๋ํ๊ฒ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ ์์ ์ ๊ฐ๊ฒฉ๋งํผ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ์ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์์น์ผ ๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ 1 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ๋ ๋ฒ ๋ถ์ฌ๊ฐ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น์ผ ๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์์น ๊ณ ์ ๋ถ๋ ์๊ธฐ ์ 2 ์ค๋ชฉ ์์ญ์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to one embodiment, the guide part further includes a second position fixing part arranged in parallel with the first position fixing part and spaced apart by a predetermined distance, and the operating part is arranged in parallel with the first concave area. and a second concave area spaced apart by a predetermined distance, and when the lever member is in the first position, the second position fixing part is disposed in the first concave area, and when the lever member is in the second position, the second position fixing portion is disposed in the first concave area. In this case, the second position fixing unit may be provided with an electronic device disposed in the second concave area.
๋ค์ํ ์ค์์์ ๋ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ธ๊ด์ ์ ๊ณตํ๋ ํ์ฐ์ง(์: ๋ 11์ ํ์ฐ์ง(801)); ์๊ธฐ ํ์ฐ์ง์ ํ์ฑ๋ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(์: ๋ 11์ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ(802)); ๋ฐ ์๊ธฐ ํ์ฐ์ง ์์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋๊ณ , ์ธ๋ถ๋ก๋ถํฐ ์ ์์ ๊ณต๊ธ๋ฐ๊ธฐ ์ํ ๋จ์(์: ๋ 11์ ๋จ์(803));๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๊ณ , ์๊ธฐ ์ค๋ชฉ๋ถ๋, ์๊ธฐ ์ํฅ ์ฅ์น๋ฅผ ์์ฉํ๊ธฐ ์ํ ํฌ๋๋ค์ ๋ฐฐ์น๋ ํํฌ ๋ถ์ฌ์ ๊ฒฐํฉ๋๋๋ก ๊ตฌ์ฑ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๊ฐ ์ ๊ณต๋ ์ ์๋ค.According to various embodiments, a housing that provides an appearance (e.g.,
์ด์์์ ์ค๋ช ํ ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ๊ณ ์ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํจํ๋ ์ ์ ์ฅ์น๋ ์ ์ ํ ์ค์์ ๋ฐ ๋๋ฉด์ ์ํด ํ์ ๋๋ ๊ฒ์ ์๋๊ณ , ๋ณธ ๊ฐ์์ ๊ธฐ์ ์ ๋ฒ์ ๋ด์์ ์ฌ๋ฌ ๊ฐ์ง ์นํ, ๋ณํ ๋ฐ ๋ณ๊ฒฝ์ด ๊ฐ๋ฅํจ์ ๋ณธ ๋ฐ๋ช ์ด ์ํ๋ ๊ธฐ์ ๋ถ์ผ์์ ํต์์ ์ง์์ ๊ฐ์ง ์์๊ฒ ์์ด ๋ช ๋ฐฑํ ๊ฒ์ด๋ค.The electronic device including the fixing structure of the present disclosure described above is not limited to the above-described embodiments and drawings, and various substitutions, modifications, and changes are possible within the technical scope of the present disclosure. It will be clear to a person with ordinary knowledge.
Claims (15)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| KR20220063912 | 2022-05-25 | ||
| KR10-2022-0063912 | 2022-05-25 | ||
| KR10-2022-0077005 | 2022-06-23 | ||
| KR1020220077005A KR20230164531A (en) | 2022-05-25 | 2022-06-23 | Electronic device including fixing structure |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2023229206A1 true WO2023229206A1 (en) | 2023-11-30 |
Family
ID=88919549
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/KR2023/004532 Ceased WO2023229206A1 (en) | 2022-05-25 | 2023-04-04 | Electronic device comprising retaining structure |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2023229206A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8891800B1 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2014-11-18 | Jonathan Everett Shaffer | Earbud charging case for mobile device |
| US20150200558A1 (en) * | 2009-06-22 | 2015-07-16 | Sennheiser Electronic Gmbh & Co. Kg | Transport and/or storage container for rechargeable wireless earphones |
| KR101848669B1 (en) * | 2016-12-26 | 2018-05-28 | ์์ง์ ์ ์ฃผ์ํ์ฌ | Wireless sound equipment |
| KR20190021033A (en) * | 2017-08-22 | 2019-03-05 | ์ผ์ฑ์ ์์ฃผ์ํ์ฌ | Electronic device including cover having open/close structure using magnetic force |
| US11166093B2 (en) * | 2019-03-19 | 2021-11-02 | Logitech Europe S.A. | Earphone device support and case |
-
2023
- 2023-04-04 WO PCT/KR2023/004532 patent/WO2023229206A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20150200558A1 (en) * | 2009-06-22 | 2015-07-16 | Sennheiser Electronic Gmbh & Co. Kg | Transport and/or storage container for rechargeable wireless earphones |
| US8891800B1 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2014-11-18 | Jonathan Everett Shaffer | Earbud charging case for mobile device |
| KR101848669B1 (en) * | 2016-12-26 | 2018-05-28 | ์์ง์ ์ ์ฃผ์ํ์ฌ | Wireless sound equipment |
| KR20190021033A (en) * | 2017-08-22 | 2019-03-05 | ์ผ์ฑ์ ์์ฃผ์ํ์ฌ | Electronic device including cover having open/close structure using magnetic force |
| US11166093B2 (en) * | 2019-03-19 | 2021-11-02 | Logitech Europe S.A. | Earphone device support and case |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2023182705A1 (en) | Rollable electronic device comprising multi-bar structure | |
| WO2023191294A1 (en) | Antenna structure and electronic device comprising same | |
| WO2023229206A1 (en) | Electronic device comprising retaining structure | |
| WO2024014691A1 (en) | Electronic device including structure for reducing noise caused by motor | |
| WO2023195631A1 (en) | Driving structure and electronic device comprising same | |
| WO2024005608A1 (en) | Electronic device comprising hinge-linked foot structure | |
| WO2024035240A1 (en) | Electronic device comprising multiple antennas | |
| WO2023171957A1 (en) | Slidable electronic device | |
| WO2022231128A1 (en) | Electronic device comprising hinge structure | |
| WO2022092875A1 (en) | Electronic apparatus including audio device | |
| WO2025234574A1 (en) | Electronic device comprising speaker | |
| WO2025005496A1 (en) | Wearable electronic device comprising coupling member | |
| WO2024029767A1 (en) | Foldable electronic device comprising substrate portion | |
| WO2024101718A1 (en) | Wearable electronic device comprising camera module | |
| WO2024072132A1 (en) | Wearable electronic device comprising speaker module | |
| WO2023182608A1 (en) | Tray accommodating external storage media and electronic device including same | |
| WO2024063382A1 (en) | Electronic device comprising structure for supporting display | |
| WO2024076069A1 (en) | Electronic device comprising display support structure | |
| WO2025014059A1 (en) | Electronic device including structure for adjusting distance between housings | |
| WO2024248406A1 (en) | Microphone and wearable electronic device including microphone | |
| WO2024025271A1 (en) | Flexible display and electronic device comprisinig same | |
| WO2023200134A1 (en) | Electronic device comprising opening/closing structure | |
| WO2023229246A1 (en) | Wearable electronic device | |
| WO2024150967A1 (en) | Rollable display and electronic device comprising same | |
| WO2023182678A1 (en) | Antenna structure and electronic device including same |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23811983 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 23811983 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |